# Chinese translations for mkvtoolnix-man package
# Copyright (C) 2010-2013 Dean Lee <xslidian@gmail.com>
# This file is distributed under the same license as the mkvtoolnix package.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mkvtoolnix-man\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-03 22:39+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-04-23 15:26+0800\n"
"Last-Translator: Dean Lee <xslidian@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: chinese simp <mkvtoolnix@lidian.info>\n"
"Language: zh\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Poedit-Basepath: ../../../../\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.5\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"

#. type: Content of the product entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:5
msgid "mkvextract"
msgstr "mkvextract"

#. type: Content of the version entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:6
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:6
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:6
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:6
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:6
msgid "6.9.1"
msgstr "6.9.1"

#. type: Content of the date entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:7
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:7
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:7
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:7
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:7
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "2013-03-02"
msgid "2013-09-16"
msgstr "2013-03-02"

#. type: Content of the mkvmerge entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:9
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:9
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:9
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:9
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:9
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvmerge</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvmerge</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. type: Content of the mkvinfo entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:10
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:10
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:10
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:10
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:10
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvinfo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvinfo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. type: Content of the mkvextract entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:11
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:11
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:11
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:11
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:11
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvextract</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvextract</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. type: Content of the mkvpropedit entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:12
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:12
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:12
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:12
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:12
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvpropedit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvpropedit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. type: Content of the mmg entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:13
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:13
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:13
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:13
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:13
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mmg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mmg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. type: Content of the matroska entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:15
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:15
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:15
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:15
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:15
msgid "<productname>Matroska</productname>"
msgstr "<productname>Matroska</productname>"

#. type: Content of the oggvorbis entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:16
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:16
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:16
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:16
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:16
msgid "<productname>OggVorbis</productname>"
msgstr "<productname>OggVorbis</productname>"

#. type: Content of the xml entity
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:17
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:17
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:17
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:17
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:17
msgid "<abbrev>XML</abbrev>"
msgstr "<abbrev>XML</abbrev>"

#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <refentry>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:21
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:21
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:21
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:21
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:21
msgid "en"
msgstr "zh-hans"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:23
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:23
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:23
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:23
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:23
msgid "<productname>&product;</productname> <date>&date;</date>"
msgstr "<productname>&product;</productname> <date>&date;</date>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><authorgroup><author><contrib>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:27
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:27
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:27
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:27
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:27
msgid "Developer"
msgstr "开发者"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:28
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:28
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:28
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:28
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:28
msgid "Moritz"
msgstr "Moritz"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:29
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:29
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:29
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:29
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:29
msgid "Bunkus"
msgstr "Bunkus"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><authorgroup><author><email>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:30
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:30
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:30
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:30
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:30
msgid "moritz@bunkus.org"
msgstr "moritz@bunkus.org"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:35
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:44
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:35
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:44
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:35
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:44
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:35
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:44
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:35
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:44
msgid "&product;"
msgstr "&product;"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:36
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:36
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:36
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:36
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:36
msgid "1"
msgstr "1"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:37
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:37
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:37
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:37
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:37
msgid "&version;"
msgstr "&version;"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:38
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:38
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:38
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:38
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:38
msgid "&date;"
msgstr "&date;"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:39
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:39
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:39
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:39
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:39
msgid "MKVToolNix"
msgstr "MKVToolNix"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:40
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:40
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:40
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:40
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:40
msgid "User Commands"
msgstr "用户命令"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:45
msgid "extract tracks from &matroska; files into other files"
msgstr "将 &matroska; 文件中的轨道提取为另外的文件"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:49
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:49
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:49
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:49
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:49
msgid "Synopsis"
msgstr "概要"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:51
msgid "<command>mkvextract</command> <arg choice=\"req\">mode</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">source-filename</arg> <arg>options</arg> <arg>extraction-spec</arg>"
msgstr "<command>mkvextract</command> <arg choice=\"req\">模式</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">源文件名</arg> <arg>选项</arg> <arg>提取指令</arg>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:60
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:58
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:65
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:59
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:64
msgid "Description"
msgstr "说明"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:62
msgid "This program extracts specific parts from a &matroska; file to other useful formats. The first argument, <option>mode</option>, tells &mkvextract; what to extract. Currently supported is the extraction of <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.tracks\">tracks</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.tags\">tags</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.attachments\">attachments</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.chapters\">chapters</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.cuesheets\">CUE sheets</link> and <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.timecodes_v2\">timecodes</link>.  The second argument is the name of the source file. It must be a &matroska; file. All following arguments are options and extraction specifications; both of which depend on the selected mode."
msgstr "本程序可以将 &matroska; 文件的指定部分提取为其他有用的格式。第一个参数，<option>模式</option>告诉 &mkvextract; 要提取什么。目前支持提取 <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.tracks\">tracks（轨道）</link>、<link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.tags\">tags（标签）</link>、<link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.attachments\">attachments（附件）</link>、<link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.chapters\">chapters（章节）</link>、<link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.cuesheets\">CUE sheets（CUE 表单）</link>以及<link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.timecodes_v2\">timecodes（时间码）</link>。第二个参数是源文件名。它必须是 &matroska; 文件。以下参数为选项及提取指令；两者均依所选模式而定。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:71
msgid "Common options"
msgstr "通用选项"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:74
msgid "The following options are available in all modes and only described once in this section."
msgstr "以下选项在所有模式下可用，本段落只讲一遍，不赘述。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:79
msgid "<option>-f</option>, <option>--parse-fully</option>"
msgstr "<option>-f</option>, <option>--parse-fully</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:82
msgid "Sets the parse mode to 'full'. The default mode does not parse the whole file but uses the meta seek elements for locating the required elements of a source file. In 99% of all cases this is enough. But for files that do not contain meta seek elements or which are damaged the user might have to use this mode. A full scan of a file can take a couple of minutes while a fast scan only takes seconds."
msgstr "设置解析模式为 '<literal>full（完整）</literal>'。默认的解析模式不解析整个文件，而是使用元定位元素确定源文件中所需元素的位置。99% 的情况下这已经足够。但如果碰到不含元定位元素或者元定位元素损坏的文件，用户可能得考虑使用此模式。完整扫描文件可能要花费几分钟，而快速扫描只需要几秒钟。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:91
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:129
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1547
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:303
msgid "<option>--command-line-charset</option> <parameter>character-set</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--command-line-charset</option> <parameter>字符集</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:94
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:132
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:306
msgid "Sets the character set to convert strings given on the command line from. It defaults to the character set given by system's current locale."
msgstr "设定在命令行给出的字符串的字符集，用于转为其他字符集。默认为系统当前区域设置中所给定的字符集。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:101
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:139
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1560
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:313
msgid "<option>--output-charset</option> <parameter>character-set</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--output-charset</option> <parameter>字符集</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:104
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:142
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1563
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:316
msgid "Sets the character set to which strings are converted that are to be output.  It defaults to the character set given by system's current locale."
msgstr "设置输出的字符串应被转换到何种字符集。默认为系统当前区域设置中所给定的字符集。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:111
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:149
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1570
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:323
msgid "<option>-r</option>, <option>--redirect-output</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-r</option>, <option>--redirect-output</option> <parameter>文件名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:114
msgid "Writes all messages to the file <parameter>file-name</parameter> instead of to the console.  While this can be done easily with output redirection there are cases in which this option is needed: when the terminal reinterprets the output before writing it to a file.  The character set set with <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.common.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> is honored."
msgstr "将所有信息输出至文件 <parameter>文件名</parameter> 而不是在命令行显示。尽管该操作可以用输出重定向轻松实现，但在某些情况下还需要靠它：如当终端在写入文件之前重新解释（覆盖输出）时。将优先使用通过 <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.common.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> 设定的字符集。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:123
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:161
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1581
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:335
msgid "<option>--ui-language</option> <parameter>code</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--ui-language</option> <parameter>语言代码</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:126
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:338
msgid "Forces the translations for the language <parameter>code</parameter> to be used (e.g.  '<literal>de_DE</literal>' for the German translations). It is preferable to use the environment variables <varname>LANG</varname>, <varname>LC_MESSAGES</varname> and <varname>LC_ALL</varname> though. Entering '<literal>list</literal>' as the <parameter>code</parameter> will cause &mkvextract; to output a list of available translations."
msgstr "强制使用语言代码为 <parameter>语言代码</parameter> 的翻译（如  '<literal>de_DE</literal>' 对应德文翻译）。使用 <varname>LANG</varname>, <varname>LC_MESSAGES</varname> 及 <varname>LC_ALL</varname> 这些环境变量更好。如果在 <parameter>语言代码</parameter> 处输入 '<literal>list</literal>'，&mkvextract; 将输出可用翻译列表。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:135
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:173
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1593
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:347
msgid "<option>--debug</option> <parameter>topic</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--debug</option> <parameter>主题</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:138
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:176
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1596
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:350
msgid "Turn on debugging for a specific feature. This option is only useful for developers."
msgstr "为特定功能开启调试。该选项仅对开发者有用。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:144
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:182
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1602
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:356
msgid "<option>--engage</option> <parameter>feature</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--engage</option> <parameter>功能</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:147
msgid "Turn on experimental features. A list of available features can be requested with <command>mkvextract --engage list</command>. These features are not meant to be used in normal situations."
msgstr "开启实验性功能。可用功能列表可通过 <command>mkvextract --engage list</command> 得到。这些功能在正常情况下不应该使用。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:154
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:192
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:83
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:366
msgid "<option>-v</option>, <option>--verbose</option>"
msgstr "<option>-v</option>, <option>--verbose</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:157
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:369
msgid "Be verbose and show all the important &matroska; elements as they're read."
msgstr "使输出信息更详尽，且每当读取到重要的 &matroska; 元素时就将其显示。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:163
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:202
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1656
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:375
msgid "<option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option>"
msgstr "<option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:166
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:205
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1659
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:378
msgid "Show usage information and exit."
msgstr "显示用法信息并退出。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:172
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:211
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1665
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:384
msgid "<option>-V</option>, <option>--version</option>"
msgstr "<option>-V</option>, <option>--version</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:175
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:214
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1668
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:387
msgid "Show version information and exit."
msgstr "显示版本信息并退出。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:181
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:220
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1674
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:393
msgid "<option>--check-for-updates</option>"
msgstr "<option>--check-for-updates</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:184
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:223
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1677
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:396
msgid "Checks online for new releases by downloading the URL <ulink url=\"http://mkvtoolnix-releases.bunkus.org/latest-release.xml\">http://mkvtoolnix-releases.bunkus.org/latest-release.xml</ulink>. Four lines will be output in <literal>key=value</literal> style: the URL from where the information was retrieved (key <literal>version_check_url</literal>), the currently running version (key <literal>running_version</literal>), the latest release's version (key <literal>available_version</literal>) and the download URL (key <literal>download_url</literal>)."
msgstr "联机下载 URL <ulink url=\"http://mkvtoolnix-releases.bunkus.org/latest-release.xml\">http://mkvtoolnix-releases.bunkus.org/latest-release.xml</ulink> 以检查新版本。将以 <literal>键=值</literal> 的样式输出四行: 检索信息的 URL（键 <literal>version_check_url</literal>），当前运行的版本（键 <literal>running_version</literal>），最新版本号（键 <literal>available_version</literal>）及其下载 URL（键 <literal>download_url</literal>）。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:192
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:231
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1685
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:404
msgid "Afterwards the program exists with an exit code of 0 if no newer release is available, with 1 if a newer release is available and with 2 if an error occured (e.g. if the update information could not be retrieved)."
msgstr "若无更新版本可用，程序将以退出码 0 退出，若有更新版本可用，退出码为 1，若出现错误（如无法检索更新信息），退出码则为 2。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:197
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:236
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1690
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:409
msgid "This option is only available if the program was built with support for libcurl."
msgstr "此选项仅当程序附带 libcurl 支持编译时可用。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:203
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:242
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1612
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:415
msgid "<option>@</option><parameter>options-file</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>@</option><parameter>选项文件</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:206
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:245
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:418
msgid "Reads additional command line arguments from the file <parameter>options-file</parameter>.  Lines whose first non-whitespace character is a hash mark ('<literal>#</literal>') are treated as comments and ignored. White spaces at the start and end of a line will be stripped. Each line must contain exactly one option."
msgstr "从文件 <parameter>选项文件</parameter> 中读取额外的命令行参数。首个非空白字符为井号 ('<literal>#</literal>') 的行将被当作注释对待，在处理过程中将被忽略。各行开头与结尾的空白将被除去。各行必须恰好仅含一个选项。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:212
msgid "Several chars can be escaped, e.g. if you need to start a non-comment line with '#'. The rules are described in <link linkend=\"mkvextract.escaping\">the section about escaping text</link>."
msgstr "有些字符可以转义，如当您需要使用 '#' 作为一个不是评论的行的开头。规则在<link linkend=\"mkvextract.escaping\">关于转义文本的段落</link>有描述。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:217
msgid "The command line '<command>mkvextract tracks source.mkv --raw 1:destination.raw</command>' could be converted into the following option file:"
msgstr "命令行 '<command>mkvextract tracks 源.mkv --raw 1:目标.raw</command>' 可以转换为下面所示选项文件:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:221
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Extract a track from source.mkv\n"
"tracks\n"
"source.mkv\n"
"# Output the track as raw data.\n"
"--raw\n"
"1:destination.raw"
msgstr ""
"# 从 源.mkv 提取轨道\n"
"tracks\n"
"源.mkv\n"
"# 将轨道以原始数据的形式输出。\n"
"--raw\n"
"1:目标.raw"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:233
msgid "Track extraction mode"
msgstr "轨道提取模式"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:236
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract</command> <option>tracks</option> <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional> <parameter>TID1:dest-filename1</parameter> <optional><parameter>TID2:dest-filename2</parameter> ...</optional>"
msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract <option>tracks</option> <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional> <parameter>TID1:dest-filename1</parameter> <optional><parameter>TID2:dest-filename2</parameter> ...</optional></command>"
msgstr "语法: <command>mkvextract</command> <option>tracks</option> <parameter>源文件名</parameter> <optional><parameter>选项</parameter></optional> <parameter>TID1:目标文件名1</parameter> <optional><parameter>TID2:目标文件名2</parameter> ...</optional>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:240
msgid "The following command line options are available for each track in the '<literal>tracks</literal>' extraction mode.  They have to appear in front of the track specification (see below) they should be applied to."
msgstr "以下命令行在 '<literal>tracks</literal>' 轨道提取模式下对各轨道可用。它们应当在所应用到的轨道指令（参阅下文）之前出现。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:246
msgid "<option>-c</option> <parameter>character-set</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-c</option> <parameter>字符集</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:249
msgid "Sets the character set to convert the next text subtitle track to. Only valid if the next track ID targets a text subtitle track. It defaults to UTF-8."
msgstr "设定下一个字幕轨应被转换为哪一字符集。仅当后面的轨道 ID 对应文本字幕轨时有效。默认为 UTF-8。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:256
msgid "<option>--blockadd</option> <parameter>level</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--blockadd</option> <parameter>层级</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:259
msgid "Keep only the BlockAdditions up to this level.  The default is to keep all levels.  This option only affects certain kinds of codecs like WAVPACK4."
msgstr "只保留低于或等于此层级的 BlockAdditions 附加块。默认保留所有层级。 本选项仅影响特定类别的编解码器，如 WAVPACK4。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:266
msgid "<option>--cuesheet</option>"
msgstr "<option>--cuesheet</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:269
msgid "Causes &mkvextract; to extract a <abbrev>CUE</abbrev> sheet from the chapter information and tag data for the following track into a file whose name is the track's output name with '<literal>.cue</literal>' appended to it."
msgstr "让 &mkvextract; 根据下一轨道的标签数据与章节信息提取出 <abbrev>CUE</abbrev> 表单，输出文件名为轨道的输出名后接 '<literal>.cue</literal>' 扩展名。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:276
msgid "<option>--raw</option>"
msgstr "<option>--raw</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:279
msgid "Extracts the raw data into a file without any container data around it.  Unlike the <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.tracks.fullraw\"><option>--fullraw</option></link> flag this flag does not cause the contents of the <classname>CodecPrivate</classname> element to be written to the file.  This mode works with all <classname>CodecIDs</classname>, even the ones that &mkvextract; doesn't support otherwise, but the resulting files might not be usable."
msgstr "将原始数据提取为文件，输出文件的周围没有任何容器数据。 与 <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.tracks.fullraw\"><option>--fullraw</option></link> 标记不同的是，此标记不会将 <classname>CodecPrivate</classname> 元素的内容写入输出文件。 此模式对所有 <classname>CodecIDs</classname> 有效，即使是 &mkvextract; 不支持处理的，然而生成的文件可能无法使用。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:288
msgid "<option>--fullraw</option>"
msgstr "<option>--fullraw</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:291
msgid "Extracts the raw data into a file without any container data around it.  The contents of the <classname>CodecPrivate</classname> element will be written to the file first if the track contains such a header element.  This mode works with all <classname>CodecIDs</classname>, even the ones that &mkvextract; doesn't support otherwise, but the resulting files might not be usable."
msgstr "提取原始数据，输出文件的周围没有任何容器数据。 如果轨道包含 <classname>CodecPrivate</classname> 编解码器私有元素，它的内容将先被写入文件。 此模式对所有 <classname>CodecIDs</classname> 有效，即使是 &mkvextract; 不支持的那些，但是生成的文件可能无法使用。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:300
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:408
msgid "<parameter>TID:outname</parameter>"
msgstr "<parameter>TID:输出文件名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:303
msgid "Causes extraction of the track with the ID <parameter>TID</parameter> into the file <parameter>outname</parameter> if such a track exists in the source file. This option can be given multiple times. The track IDs are the same as the ones output by &mkvmerge;'s <option>--identify</option> option."
msgstr "如果源文件中存在 ID 为 <parameter>TID</parameter> 的轨道，则将其提取为文件 <parameter>输出文件名</parameter>。本选项可多次给出。轨道 ID 与 &mkvmerge; 的 <option>--identify</option> 选项所输出的相同。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:310
msgid "Each output name should be used only once. The exception are RealAudio and RealVideo tracks. If you use the same name for different tracks then those tracks will be saved in the same file. Example:"
msgstr "每个输出文件名只能用一次。但 RealAudio 与 RealVideo 轨道例外。如果您为不同轨道使用了同样的输出文件名，这些轨道将被存入同一个文件中。示例："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:314
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvextract tracks input.mkv 1:output-two-tracks.rm 2:output-two-tracks.rm"
msgstr "$ mkvextract tracks 输入.mkv 1:输出两条轨道.rm 2:输出两条轨道.rm"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:321
msgid "Tags extraction mode"
msgstr "标签提取模式"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:324
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract</command> <option>tags</option> <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional>"
msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract <option>tags</option> <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional></command>"
msgstr "语法: <command>mkvextract</command> <option>tags</option> <parameter>源文件名</parameter> <optional><parameter>选项</parameter></optional>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:328
msgid "The extracted tags are written to the console unless the output is redirected (see the section about <link linkend=\"mkvextract.output_redirection\">output redirection</link> for details)."
msgstr "提取出的标签将被输出到命令行，除非输出被重定向（详情参见关于 <link linkend=\"mkvextract.output_redirection\">输出重定向</link> 的章节）。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:334
msgid "Attachments extraction mode"
msgstr "附件提取模式"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:337
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract</command> <option>attachments</option> <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional> <parameter>AID1:outname1</parameter> <optional><parameter>AID2:outname2</parameter> ...</optional>"
msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract <option>attachments</option> <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional> <parameter>AID1:outname1</parameter> <optional><parameter>AID2:outname2</parameter> ...</optional></command>"
msgstr "语法: <command>mkvextract</command> <option>attachments</option> <parameter>源文件名</parameter> <optional><parameter>选项</parameter></optional> <parameter>AID1:输出文件名1</parameter> <optional><parameter>AID2:输出文件名2</parameter> ...</optional>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:342
msgid "<parameter>AID</parameter>:<parameter>outname</parameter>"
msgstr "<parameter>AID</parameter>:<parameter>输出文件名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:345
msgid "Causes extraction of the attachment with the ID <parameter>AID</parameter> into the file <parameter>outname</parameter> if such an attachment exists in the source file.  If the <parameter>outname</parameter> is left empty then the name of the attachment inside the source &matroska; file is used instead.  This option can be given multiple times.  The attachment IDs are the same as the ones output by &mkvmerge;'s <option>--identify</option> option."
msgstr "如果源文件中存在 ID 为 <parameter>AID</parameter> 的附件，则将其提取为文件 <parameter>输出文件名</parameter>。如果 <parameter>输出文件名</parameter> 处留空，将使用所用 &matroska; 文件中的附件名称。本选项可多次给出。附件 ID 与 &mkvmerge; 的 <option>--identify</option> 选项所输出的相同。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:356
msgid "Chapters extraction mode"
msgstr "章节提取模式"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:359
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract</command> <option>chapters</option> <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional>"
msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract <option>chapters</option> <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional></command>"
msgstr "语法: <command>mkvextract</command> <option>chapters</option> <parameter>源文件名</parameter> <optional><parameter>选项</parameter></optional>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:364
msgid "<option>-s</option>, <option>--simple</option>"
msgstr "<option>-s</option>, <option>--simple</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:367
msgid "Exports the chapter information in the simple format used in the <abbrev>OGM</abbrev> tools (CHAPTER01=..., CHAPTER01NAME=...). In this mode some information has to be discarded. Default is to output the chapters in &xml; format."
msgstr "将章节信息以 <abbrev>OGM</abbrev> tools 所用的简单格式 (CHAPTER01=..., CHAPTER01NAME=...) 导出。此模式下部分信息将被废弃。默认以 &xml; 格式输出章节。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:376
msgid "The extracted chapters are written to the console unless the output is redirected (see the section about <link linkend=\"mkvextract.output_redirection\">output redirection</link> for details)."
msgstr "提取出的章节将被输出到命令行，除非输出被重定向（详情参见关于 <link linkend=\"mkvextract.output_redirection\">输出重定向</link> 的章节）。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:382
msgid "Cue sheet extraction mode"
msgstr "Cue 表单提取模式"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:385
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract</command> <option>cuesheet</option> <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional>"
msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract <option>cuesheet</option> <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional></command>"
msgstr "语法: <command>mkvextract</command> <option>cuesheet</option> <parameter>源文件名</parameter> <optional><parameter>选项</parameter></optional>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:389
msgid "The extracted cue sheet is written to the console unless the output is redirected (see the section about <link linkend=\"mkvextract.output_redirection\">output redirection</link> for details)."
msgstr "提取出的 cue 表单将被输出到命令行，除非输出被重定向（详情参见关于 <link linkend=\"mkvextract.output_redirection\">输出重定向</link> 的章节）。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:395
msgid "Timecode extraction mode"
msgstr "时间码提取模式"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:398
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract</command> <option>timecodes_v2</option> <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional> <parameter>TID1:dest-filename1</parameter> <optional><parameter>TID2:dest-filename2</parameter> ...</optional>"
msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract <option>timecodes_v2</option> <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional> <parameter>TID1:dest-filename1</parameter> <optional><parameter>TID2:dest-filename2</parameter> ...</optional></command>"
msgstr "语法: <command>mkvextract</command> <option>timecodes_v2</option> <parameter>源文件名</parameter> <optional><parameter>选项</parameter></optional> <parameter>TID1:目标文件名1</parameter> <optional><parameter>TID2:目标文件名2</parameter> ...</optional>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:402
msgid "The extracted timecodes are written to the console unless the output is redirected (see the section about <link linkend=\"mkvextract.output_redirection\">output redirection</link> for details)."
msgstr "提取出的时间码将被输出到命令行，除非输出被重定向（详情参见关于 <link linkend=\"mkvextract.output_redirection\">输出重定向</link> 的章节）。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:411
msgid "Causes extraction of the timecodes for the track with the ID <parameter>TID</parameter> into the file <parameter>outname</parameter> if such a track exists in the source file. This option can be given multiple times. The track IDs are the same as the ones output by &mkvmerge;'s <option>--identify</option> option."
msgstr "如果源文件中存在 ID 为 <parameter>TID</parameter> 的轨道，则将其时间码提取为文件 <parameter>输出文件名</parameter>。本选项可多次给出。轨道 ID 与 &mkvmerge; 的 <option>--identify</option> 选项所输出的相同。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:417
msgid "Example:"
msgstr "示例:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:420
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvextract timecodes_v2 input.mkv 1:tc-track1.txt 2:tc-track2.txt"
msgstr "$ mkvextract timecodes_v2 输入.mkv 1:轨道1的时间码.txt 2:轨道2的时间码.txt"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:428
msgid "Output redirection"
msgstr "输出重定向"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:431
msgid "Several extraction modes cause &mkvextract; to write the extracted data to the console. There are generally two ways of writing this data into a file: one provided by the shell and one provided by &mkvextract; itself."
msgstr "有些提取模式会使 &mkvextract; 将提取出的数据输出到命令行。通常有两种方法将数据写入文件：一种由 shell 提供，另一种由 &mkvextract; 自身提供。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:436
msgid "The shell's builtin redirection mechanism is used by appending '<literal>&gt; output-filename.ext</literal>' to the command line. Example:"
msgstr "shell 的报告重定向功能可以通过在命令行后追加 '<literal>&gt; 输出文件名.扩展名</literal>' 命令实现。示例："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:440
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvextract tags source.mkv &gt; tags.xml"
msgstr "$ mkvextract tags 源.mkv &gt; 标签.xml"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:443
msgid "&mkvextract;'s own redirection is invoked with the <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.common.redirect_output\"><option>--redirect-output</option></link> option. Example:"
msgstr "&mkvextract; 自身的重定向功能可通过 <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.common.redirect_output\"><option>--redirect-output</option></link> 选项唤出。示例："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:447
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvextract tags source.mkv --redirect-output tags.xml"
msgstr "$ mkvextract tags 源.mkv --redirect-output 标签.xml"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><note><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:451
msgid "On Windows you should probably use the <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.common.redirect_output\"><option>--redirect-output</option></link> option because <command>cmd.exe</command> sometimes interpretes special characters before they're written into the output file resulting in broken output."
msgstr "在 Windows 平台上您应当使用 <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.common.redirect_output\"><option>--redirect-output</option></link> 选项，因为 <command>cmd.exe</command> 有时会在写入文件之前对特殊字符进行转义，导致输出文件损坏。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:460
msgid "Output file formats"
msgstr "输出文件格式"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:463
msgid "The decision about the output format is based on the track type, not on the extension used for the output file name. The following track types are supported at the moment:"
msgstr "输出文件的格式取决于轨道的类型，而不是输出文件名的扩展名。目前支持以下轨道类型："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:469
msgid "V_MPEG4/ISO/AVC"
msgstr "V_MPEG4/ISO/AVC"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:472
msgid "<abbrev>H.264</abbrev> / <abbrev>AVC</abbrev> video tracks are written to <abbrev>H.264</abbrev> elementary streams which can be processed further with e.g. <productname>MP4Box</productname> from the <productname>GPAC</productname> package."
msgstr "<abbrev>H.264</abbrev> / <abbrev>AVC</abbrev> 视频轨将被输出为 <abbrev>H.264</abbrev> 基本流，可以使用如 <productname>GPAC</productname> 工具包中的 <productname>MP4Box</productname> 作进一步处理。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:479
msgid "V_MS/VFW/FOURCC"
msgstr "V_MS/VFW/FOURCC"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:482
msgid "Fixed <abbrev>FPS</abbrev> video tracks with this <classname>CodecID</classname> are written to <abbrev>AVI</abbrev> files."
msgstr "使用此 <classname>CodecID</classname> 且 <abbrev>FPS</abbrev> 恒定的视频轨将被输出为 <abbrev>AVI</abbrev> 文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:488
msgid "V_REAL/*"
msgstr "V_REAL/*"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:491
msgid "<productname>RealVideo</productname> tracks are written to <productname>RealMedia</productname> files."
msgstr "<productname>RealVideo</productname> 轨道将被输出为 <productname>RealMedia</productname> 文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:497
msgid "V_THEORA"
msgstr "V_THEORA"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:500
msgid "<productname>Theora</productname> streams will be written within an <productname>Ogg</productname> container"
msgstr "<productname>Theora</productname> 流将以 <productname>Ogg</productname> 为容器输出"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:506
msgid "V_VP8"
msgstr "V_VP8"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:509
msgid "<abbrev>VP8</abbrev> tracks are written to <abbrev>IVF</abbrev> files."
msgstr "<abbrev>VP8</abbrev> 轨道将输出为 <abbrev>IVF</abbrev> 文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:515
msgid "A_MPEG/L2"
msgstr "A_MPEG/L2"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:518
msgid "MPEG-1 Audio Layer II streams will be extracted to raw <abbrev>MP2</abbrev> files."
msgstr "MPEG-1 Audio Layer II 流将提取为原始的 <abbrev>MP2</abbrev> 文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:524
msgid "A_MPEG/L3, A_AC3"
msgstr "A_MPEG/L3, A_AC3"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:527
msgid "These will be extracted to raw <abbrev>MP3</abbrev> and <abbrev>AC3</abbrev> files."
msgstr "这些将被输出为原始的 <abbrev>MP3</abbrev> 与 <abbrev>AC3</abbrev> 文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:533
msgid "A_PCM/INT/LIT"
msgstr "A_PCM/INT/LIT"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:536
msgid "Raw <abbrev>PCM</abbrev> data will be written to a <abbrev>WAV</abbrev> file."
msgstr "原始 <abbrev>PCM</abbrev> 数据将被输出为 <abbrev>WAV</abbrev> 文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:542
msgid "A_AAC/MPEG2/*, A_AAC/MPEG4/*, A_AAC"
msgstr "A_AAC/MPEG2/*, A_AAC/MPEG4/*, A_AAC"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:545
msgid "All <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> files will be written into an <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> file with <abbrev>ADTS</abbrev> headers before each packet. The <abbrev>ADTS</abbrev> headers will not contain the deprecated emphasis field."
msgstr "所有 <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> 文件将被输出为 <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> 文件，其中数据包前有 <abbrev>ADTS</abbrev> 头。<abbrev>ADTS</abbrev> 头将不含反增强字段（deprecated emphasis field）。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:552
msgid "A_VORBIS"
msgstr "A_VORBIS"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:555
msgid "Vorbis audio will be written into an &oggvorbis; file."
msgstr "Vorbis 音频将被输出为 &oggvorbis; 文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:561
msgid "A_REAL/*"
msgstr "A_REAL/*"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:564
msgid "<productname>RealAudio</productname> tracks are written to <productname>RealMedia</productname> files."
msgstr "<productname>RealAudio</productname> 轨道将被输出为 <productname>RealMedia</productname> 文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:570
msgid "A_TTA1"
msgstr "A_TTA1"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:573
msgid "<productname>TrueAudio</productname> tracks are written to <abbrev>TTA</abbrev> files. Please note that due to &matroska;'s limited timecode precision the extracted file's header will be different regarding two fields: <varname>data_length</varname> (the total number of samples in the file) and the <abbrev>CRC</abbrev>."
msgstr "<productname>TrueAudio</productname> 轨道将被输出为 <abbrev>TTA</abbrev> 文件。请注意，由于 &matroska; 时间码的精度限制，解开来的文件的头部有两个字段不同：<varname>data_length</varname> (文件的总采样数) 与 <abbrev>CRC</abbrev>。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:581
msgid "A_ALAC"
msgstr "A_ALAC"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:584
msgid "<abbrev>ALAC</abbrev> tracks are written to <abbrev>CAF</abbrev> files."
msgstr "<abbrev>ALAC</abbrev> 轨道将输出为 <abbrev>CAF</abbrev> 文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:590
msgid "A_FLAC"
msgstr "A_FLAC"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:593
msgid "<abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> tracks are written to raw <abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> files."
msgstr "<abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> 轨道将输出为原始的 <abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> 文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:599
msgid "A_WAVPACK4"
msgstr "A_WAVPACK4"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:602
msgid "<productname>WavPack</productname> tracks are written to <abbrev>WV</abbrev> files."
msgstr "<productname>WavPack</productname> 轨道将输出为 <abbrev>WV</abbrev> 文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:608
msgid "A_OPUS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:611
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<productname>RealAudio</productname> tracks are written to <productname>RealMedia</productname> files."
msgid "<productname>Opus</productname> tracks are written to <productname>OggOpus</productname> files."
msgstr "<productname>RealAudio</productname> 轨道将被输出为 <productname>RealMedia</productname> 文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:617
msgid "S_TEXT/UTF8"
msgstr "S_TEXT/UTF8"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:620
msgid "Simple text subtitles will be written as <abbrev>SRT</abbrev> files."
msgstr "简单的文本字幕将被输出为 <abbrev>SRT</abbrev> 文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:626
msgid "S_TEXT/SSA, S_TEXT/ASS"
msgstr "S_TEXT/SSA, S_TEXT/ASS"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:629
msgid "<abbrev>SSA</abbrev> and <abbrev>ASS</abbrev> text subtitles will be written as <abbrev>SSA</abbrev>/<abbrev>ASS</abbrev> files respectively."
msgstr "<abbrev>SSA</abbrev> 与 <abbrev>ASS</abbrev> 文本字幕将分别被输出为 <abbrev>SSA</abbrev>/<abbrev>ASS</abbrev> 文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:636
msgid "S_KATE"
msgstr "S_KATE"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:639
msgid "<productname>Kate</productname> streams will be written within an <productname>Ogg</productname> container."
msgstr "<productname>Kate</productname> 流将以 <productname>Ogg</productname> 为容器输出。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:645
msgid "S_VOBSUB"
msgstr "S_VOBSUB"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:648
msgid "<productname>VobSub</productname> subtitles will be written as <abbrev>SUB</abbrev> files along with the respective index files, as <abbrev>IDX</abbrev> files."
msgstr "<productname>VobSub</productname> 字幕将输出为 <abbrev>SUB</abbrev> 文件及相应的索引文件（后缀为 <abbrev>IDX</abbrev>）。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:655
msgid "S_TEXT/USF"
msgstr "S_TEXT/USF"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:658
msgid "<abbrev>USF</abbrev> text subtitles will be written as <abbrev>USF</abbrev> files."
msgstr "<abbrev>USF</abbrev> 文本字幕将输出为 <abbrev>USF</abbrev> 文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:664
msgid "S_HDMV/PGS"
msgstr "S_HDMV/PGS"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:667
msgid "<abbrev>PGS</abbrev> subtitles will be written as <abbrev>SUP</abbrev> files."
msgstr "<abbrev>PGS</abbrev> 字幕将输出为 <abbrev>SUP</abbrev> 文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:673
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2379
msgid "Tags"
msgstr "标签"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:676
msgid "Tags are converted to a &xml; format. This format is the same that &mkvmerge; supports for reading tags."
msgstr "标签将被转换为 &xml; 格式。此格式与 &mkvmerge; 所支持读取的标签格式相同。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:682
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2214
msgid "Attachments"
msgstr "附件"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:685
msgid "Attachments are written to they output file as they are. No conversion whatsoever is done."
msgstr "附件将被以原样输出。不会进行任何转换。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:691
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2243
msgid "Chapters"
msgstr "章节"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:694
msgid "Chapters are converted to a &xml; format. This format is the same that &mkvmerge; supports for reading chapters. Alternatively a stripped-down version can be output in the simple <abbrev>OGM</abbrev> style format."
msgstr "章节将被转换为 &xml; 格式。此格式与 &mkvmerge; 所支持读取的章节格式相同。您也可以选择输出精简的简单 <abbrev>OGM</abbrev> 格式。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:701
msgid "Timecodes"
msgstr "时间码"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:704
msgid "Timecodes are first sorted and then output as a timecode v2 format compliant file ready to be fed to &mkvmerge;.  The extraction to other formats (v1, v3 and v4) is not supported."
msgstr "时间码会先被排序，然后以 timecode v2 格式文件输出，该文件适用于 &mkvmerge;。不支持提取为其他格式 (v1, v3 或 v4)。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:713
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:305
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2664
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:656
msgid "Exit codes"
msgstr "退出代码"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:716
msgid "&mkvextract; exits with one of three exit codes:"
msgstr "&mkvextract; 退出时会返回以下三个退出代码中的一个："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:722
msgid "<constant>0</constant> -- This exit codes means that extraction has completed successfully."
msgstr "<constant>0</constant> -- 此退出代码说明已成功完成提取。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:728
msgid "<constant>1</constant> -- In this case &mkvextract; has output at least one warning, but extraction did continue.  A warning is prefixed with the text '<literal>Warning:</literal>'.  Depending on the issues involved the resulting files might be ok or not.  The user is urged to check both the warning and the resulting files."
msgstr "<constant>1</constant> -- 这种情况下 &mkvextract; 至少输出了一条警告信息，但提取并未因之中止。 警告信息以文字 '<literal>警告:</literal>' 为前缀。根据问题的不同，生成的文件可能是好的，也可能不是。 强烈建议用户检查警告信息以及生成的文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:736
msgid "<constant>2</constant> -- This exit code is used after an error occurred.  &mkvextract; aborts right after outputting the error message.  Error messages range from wrong command line arguments over read/write errors to broken files."
msgstr "<constant>2</constant> -- 此退出代码用于错误发生之后。 &mkvextract; 在输出错误信息后即中断处理。错误信息可能是错误的命令行参数，也可能是损坏文件的读取/写入错误。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:744
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:335
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2100
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:687
msgid "Escaping special chars in text"
msgstr "文本中特殊字符的转义"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:746
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:337
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2102
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:689
msgid "There are a few places in which special characters in text must or should be escaped. The rules for escaping are simple: each character that needs escaping is replaced with a backslash followed by another character."
msgstr "有时文本中的特殊字符必须或应该转义。转义规则很简单: 用反斜杠后接一字符替换需要转义的各字符。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:751
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:342
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2107
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:694
msgid "The rules are: ' ' (a space) becomes '\\s', '&quot;' (double quotes) becomes '\\2', ':' becomes '\\c', '#' becomes '\\h' and '\\' (a single backslash) itself becomes '\\\\'."
msgstr "规则为: ' ' (空格) 变为 '\\s'、'&quot;' (双引号) 变为 '\\2'、':' 变为 '\\c'、'#' 变为 '\\h'，而 '\\' (单个反斜杠) 自己则变为 '\\\\'。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:756
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:347
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2695
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:699
msgid "Environment variables"
msgstr "环境变量"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:759
msgid "&mkvextract; uses the default variables that determine the system's locale (e.g. <varname>LANG</varname> and the <varname>LC_*</varname> family). Additional variables:"
msgstr "&mkvextract; 使用决定系统区域设置的默认变量 (如 <varname>LANG</varname> 与 <varname>LC_*</varname> 族)。其他变量包括:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:765
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:356
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2704
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:708
msgid "<varname>MKVTOOLNIX_DEBUG</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_DEBUG</varname>"
msgstr "<varname>MKVTOOLNIX_DEBUG</varname> 及其缩写形式 <varname>MTX_DEBUG</varname>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:767
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.debug\"><option>--debug</option></link> option."
msgstr "内容将被当作通过 <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.debug\"><option>--debug</option></link> 选项传递的参数对待。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:773
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:364
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2712
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:716
msgid "<varname>MKVTOOLNIX_ENGAGE</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_ENGAGE</varname>"
msgstr "<varname>MKVTOOLNIX_ENGAGE</varname> 及其缩写形式 <varname>MTX_ENGAGE</varname>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:775
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.engage\"><option>--engage</option></link> option."
msgstr "内容将被当作通过 <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.engage\"><option>--engage</option></link> 选项传递的参数对待。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:781
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:372
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2720
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:724
msgid "<varname>MKVTOOLNIX_OPTIONS</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_OPTIONS</varname>"
msgstr "<varname>MKVTOOLNIX_OPTIONS</varname> 及其缩写形式 <varname>MTX_OPTIONS</varname>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:783
msgid "The content is split on white space. The resulting partial strings are treated as if it had been passed as command line options. If you need to pass special characters (e.g. spaces) then you have to escape them (see <link linkend=\"mkvextract.escaping\">the section about escaping special characters in text</link>)."
msgstr "内容将在空白处切割。最终得到的字符串部分将按命令行选项的格式处理。如果您需要传递特殊字符 (如空白) 则需要转义 (参见<link linkend=\"mkvextract.escaping\">关于转义文本中特殊字符的段落</link>)。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:792
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:383
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2731
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:735
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:90
msgid "See also"
msgstr "参阅"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:794
msgid "&mkvmerge;, &mkvinfo;, &mkvpropedit;, &mmg;"
msgstr "&mkvmerge;, &mkvinfo;, &mkvpropedit;, &mmg;"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:799
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:390
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2738
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:742
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:97
msgid "WWW"
msgstr "网络"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:801
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:392
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2740
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:744
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:99
msgid "The latest version can always be found at <ulink url=\"http://www.bunkus.org/videotools/mkvtoolnix/\">the MKVToolNix homepage</ulink>."
msgstr "最新版本总可以在 <ulink url=\"http://www.bunkus.org/videotools/mkvtoolnix/\">MKVToolNix 主页</ulink> 找到。"

#. type: Content of the product entity
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:5
msgid "mkvinfo"
msgstr "mkvinfo"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:45
msgid "Print information about elements in &matroska; files"
msgstr "输出关于 &matroska; 文件中各轨的信息"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:51
msgid "<command>mkvinfo</command> <arg>options</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">source-filename</arg>"
msgstr "<command>mkvinfo</command> <arg>选项</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">源文件名</arg>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:60
msgid "This program lists all elements contained in a &matroska;. The output can be limited to a list of tracks in the file including information about the codecs used."
msgstr "本程序可列出 &matroska;文件中包含的所有轨道，输出信息可以限定为文件的轨道列表以及所用编解码器的信息。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:66
msgid "<option>-g</option>, <option>--gui</option>"
msgstr "<option>-g</option>, <option>--gui</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:69
msgid "Start the <abbrev>GUI</abbrev>. This option is only available if mkvinfo was compiled with <abbrev>GUI</abbrev> support."
msgstr "启动 <abbrev>GUI</abbrev>。本选项仅当 mkvinfo 编译时附加 <abbrev>GUI</abbrev> 支持时可用。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:75
msgid "<option>-c</option>, <option>--checksums</option>"
msgstr "<option>-c</option>, <option>--checksums</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:78
msgid "Calculates and display the <function>Adler32</function> checksum for each frame. Useful for debugging only."
msgstr "计算并显示各帧的 <function>Adler32</function> 校验码。仅当调试时有用处。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:84
msgid "<option>-s</option>, <option>--summary</option>"
msgstr "<option>-s</option>, <option>--summary</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:87
msgid "Only show a terse summary of what &mkvinfo; finds and not each element."
msgstr "仅显示 &mkvinfo; 所获取信息的简要概述，而非各元素。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:93
msgid "<option>-t</option>, <option>--track-info</option>"
msgstr "<option>-t</option>, <option>--track-info</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:96
msgid "Show statistics for each track in verbose mode. Also sets verbosity to 1 if it was at level 0 before."
msgstr "在“详细”模式下为各轨道显示统计信息。如果“详细”程度为 0 级，则将同时将级别设为 1。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:102
msgid "<option>-x</option>, <option>--hexdump</option>"
msgstr "<option>-x</option>, <option>--hexdump</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:105
msgid "Show the first 16 bytes of each frame as a hex dump."
msgstr "以十六进制转储形式显示各帧的前 16 字节。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:111
msgid "<option>-X</option>, <option>--full-hexdump</option>"
msgstr "<option>-X</option>, <option>--full-hexdump</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:114
msgid "Show all bytes of each frame as a hex dump."
msgstr "以十六进制转储形式显示各帧的所有字节。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:120
msgid "<option>-z</option>, <option>--size</option>"
msgstr "<option>-z</option>, <option>--size</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:123
msgid "Show the size of each element including its header."
msgstr "显示各元素的尺寸，含头部所占用的尺寸。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:152
msgid "Writes all messages to the file <parameter>file-name</parameter> instead of to the console.  While this can be done easily with output redirection there are cases in which this option is needed: when the terminal reinterprets the output before writing it to a file.  The character set set with <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.description.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> is honored."
msgstr "将所有信息输出至文件 <parameter>文件名</parameter>，而不是在命令行显示。尽管该操作可以用输出重定向轻松实现，但在特定情况下还是缺不得它：当终端写入文件之前重新解释（覆盖输出）时。 <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.description.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> 中所选定的字符集将被优先选用。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:164
msgid "Forces the translations for the language <parameter>code</parameter> to be used (e.g.  '<literal>de_DE</literal>' for the German translations). It is preferable to use the environment variables <varname>LANG</varname>, <varname>LC_MESSAGES</varname> and <varname>LC_ALL</varname> though. Entering '<literal>list</literal>' as the <parameter>code</parameter> will cause &mkvinfo; to output a list of available translations."
msgstr "强制使用语言代码 <parameter>语言代码</parameter> 所对应的翻译（如  '<literal>de_DE</literal>' 对应德文翻译）。使用 <varname>LANG</varname>、<varname>LC_MESSAGES</varname> 及 <varname>LC_ALL</varname> 这些环境变量更好。如果在 <parameter>code</parameter> 处输入 '<literal>list</literal>'，&mkvinfo; 将输出可用翻译的列表。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:185
msgid "Turn on experimental features. A list of available features can be requested with <command>mkvinfo --engage list</command>. These features are not meant to be used in normal situations."
msgstr "开启实验性功能。可用功能列表可通过 <command>mkvinfo --engage list</command> 获取。通常情况下不应该使用这些功能。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:195
msgid "Be more verbose. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.verbosity_levels\">verbosity levels</link> for a description which information will be output at which level."
msgstr "使输出更详尽。请参阅关于 <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.verbosity_levels\">“详细”程度</link> 的段落获取在哪些层级将输出哪些信息的描述。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:251
msgid "Several chars can be escaped, e.g. if you need to start a non-comment line with '#'. The rules are described in <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.escaping\">the section about escaping text</link>."
msgstr "有些字符可以转义，如当您需要使用 '#' 作为一个不是评论的行的开头。规则在<link linkend=\"mkvinfo.escaping\">关于转义文本的段落</link>有描述。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:256
msgid "The command line '<command>mkvinfo -v -v input.mkv --redirect-output info.txt</command>' could be converted into the following option file:"
msgstr "命令行 '<command>mkvinfo -v -v 输入.mkv --redirect-output 信息.txt</command>' 可以转换为下面所示的选项文件:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:260
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Be more verbose\n"
"-v\n"
"-v\n"
"# Parse input.mkv\n"
"input.mkv\n"
"# and write the output to info.txt\n"
"--redirect-output\n"
"info.txt"
msgstr ""
"# 更为详尽\n"
"-v\n"
"-v\n"
"# 解析 输入.mkv\n"
"输入.mkv\n"
"# 并将输出信息写入 信息.txt\n"
"--redirect-output\n"
"信息.txt"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:274
msgid "Verbosity levels"
msgstr "“详细”程度"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:277
msgid "The <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.description.verbose\"><option>-v</option></link> option can be used to increase &mkvinfo;'s verbosity level and print more information about the current file."
msgstr "<link linkend=\"mkvinfo.description.verbose\"><option>-v</option></link> 选项可以使 &mkvinfo; 增强其“详细”程度并输出关于当前文件的更多信息。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:282
msgid "At level 0 &mkvinfo; will print only the track headers it finds and their types. &mkvinfo; will exit as soon as the headers are parsed completely (more technical: as soon as the first cluster is encountered). In this level the seek head entries and the cues will not be displayed -- even if they're located in front of the track information."
msgstr "在 level 0 &mkvinfo; 仅输出它发现的轨道头及其类型。头部解析完毕后（更专业地：遇到首个簇时），&mkvinfo; 将退出执行。在此层级，定位头项与 cue 索引不会显示出来——即使它们位于轨道信息之前。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:288
msgid "At level 1 &mkvinfo; will also print all &matroska; elements encountered for the complete file but the seek head entries and the cue entries. If the summary mode is enabled then &mkvinfo; will output the frame position as well."
msgstr "在 level 1 &mkvinfo; 同样将输出在整个文件中遇到的所有 &matroska; 元素，此外还将输出定位头项与 cue 索引项。如果启用了简要模式，&mkvinfo; 还将输出各帧位置。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:293
msgid "At level 2 &mkvinfo; will also print the seek head entries, the cue entries and the file position at which each &matroska; element can be found at."
msgstr "在 level 2 &mkvinfo; 同样将输出定位头项与 cue 索引项，以及文件中各 &matroska; 元素被发现的位置。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:298
msgid "At level 3 and above &mkvinfo; will print some information that is not directly connected to a &matroska; element. All other elements only print stuff about the elements that were just found. Level 3 adds meta information to ease debugging (read: it's intended for developers only). All lines written by level 3 are enclosed in square brackets to make filtering them out easy."
msgstr "在 level 3 及更高层级 &mkvinfo; 将输出一些与 &matroska; 元素不直接相连的信息。对于其他元素，将只输出发现的基本信息。Level 3 增加了元信息以便调试（换句话说：它是为开发人员设计的）。Level 3 输出的所有行都以方括号嵌套以便过滤。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:308
msgid "&mkvinfo; exits with one of three exit codes:"
msgstr "&mkvinfo; 退出时会返回以下三个退出代码中的一个："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:314
msgid "<constant>0</constant> -- This exit codes means that the run has completed successfully."
msgstr "<constant>0</constant> -- 此退出代码说明已成功完成运行。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:320
msgid "<constant>1</constant> -- In this case &mkvinfo; has output at least one warning, but the run did continue.  A warning is prefixed with the text '<literal>Warning:</literal>'."
msgstr "<constant>1</constant> -- 这种情况下 &mkvinfo; 至少输出了一条警告信息，但运行并未因之中止。 警告信息以文字 '<literal>警告:</literal>' 为前缀。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:327
msgid "<constant>2</constant> -- This exit code is used after an error occurred.  &mkvinfo; aborts right after outputting the error message.  Error messages range from wrong command line arguments over read/write errors to broken files."
msgstr "<constant>2</constant> -- 此退出代码用于错误发生之后。 &mkvinfo; 在输出错误信息后即中断运行。错误信息可能是错误的命令行参数，也可能是损坏文件的读取/写入错误。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:350
msgid "&mkvinfo; uses the default variables that determine the system's locale (e.g. <varname>LANG</varname> and the <varname>LC_*</varname> family). Additional variables:"
msgstr "&mkvinfo; 会使用决定系统区域设置的默认变量 (如 <varname>LANG</varname> 与 <varname>LC_*</varname> 族)。其他变量包括:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:358
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.description.debug\"><option>--debug</option></link> option."
msgstr "内容将被当作通过 <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.description.debug\"><option>--debug</option></link> 选项传递的参数对待。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:366
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.description.engage\"><option>--engage</option></link> option."
msgstr "内容将被当作通过 <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.description.engage\"><option>--engage</option></link> 选项传递的参数对待。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:374
msgid "The content is split on white space. The resulting partial strings are treated as if it had been passed as command line options. If you need to pass special characters (e.g. spaces) then you have to escape them (see <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.escaping\">the section about escaping special characters in text</link>)."
msgstr "内容将在空白处切割。最终得到的字符串部分将按命令行选项的格式处理。如果您需要传递特殊字符 (如空白) 则需要转义 (参见<link linkend=\"mkvinfo.escaping\">关于转义文本中特殊字符的段落</link>)。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:385
msgid "&mkvmerge;, &mkvextract;, &mkvpropedit;, &mmg;"
msgstr "&mkvmerge;, &mkvextract;, &mkvpropedit;, &mmg;"

#. type: Content of the product entity
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:5
msgid "mkvmerge"
msgstr "mkvmerge"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:45
msgid "Merge multimedia streams into a &matroska; file"
msgstr "将多媒体流合并到 &matroska; 文件中"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:51
msgid "<command>mkvmerge</command> <arg>global options</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">-o out</arg> <arg>options1</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">file1</arg> <arg> <arg>options2</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">file2</arg> </arg> <arg>@optionsfile</arg>"
msgstr "<command>mkvmerge</command> <arg>全局选项</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">-o 输出文件</arg> <arg>选项1</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">文件1</arg> <arg> <arg>选项2</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">文件2</arg> </arg> <arg>@选项文件</arg>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:67
msgid "This program takes the input from several media files and joins their streams (all of them or just a selection) into a &matroska; file; see <ulink url=\"http://www.matroska.org/\">the &matroska; website</ulink>."
msgstr "本程序可读取多种媒体文件并将它们的数据流（全部或者按选择）合并到 &matroska; 文件中去；参见 <ulink url=\"http://www.matroska.org/\">&matroska; 网站</ulink>。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><important><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:73
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1707
msgid "The order of command line options is important. Please read the section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.option_order\">&quot;Option order&quot;</link> if you're new to the program."
msgstr "命令行选项的顺序很重要。若您对程序还不熟悉，请阅读 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.option_order\">&quot;选项顺序&quot;</link> 段落。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:79
msgid "Global options"
msgstr "全局选项"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:85
msgid "Increase verbosity."
msgstr "增强“详细”程度。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:90
msgid "<option>-q</option>, <option>--quiet</option>"
msgstr "<option>-q</option>, <option>--quiet</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:92
msgid "Suppress status output."
msgstr "取消状态输出。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:97
msgid "<option>-o</option>, <option>--output</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-o</option>, <option>--output</option> <parameter>文件名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:99
msgid "Write to the file <parameter>file-name</parameter>.  If splitting is used then this parameter is treated a bit differently.  See the explanation for the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.split\"><option>--split</option></link> option for details."
msgstr "写至文件 <parameter>文件名</parameter>。如果使用了切割功能，对此参数的处理将有所不同。 详情请参阅关于 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.split\"><option>--split</option></link> 选项的说明。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:105
msgid "<option>-w</option>, <option>--webm</option>"
msgstr "<option>-w</option>, <option>--webm</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:107
msgid "Create a WebM compliant file. This is also turned on if the output file name's extension is &quot;webm&quot;. This mode enforces several restrictions. The only allowed codecs are VP8 video and Vorbis audio tracks. Neither chapters nor tags are allowed. The DocType header item is changed to &quot;webm&quot;."
msgstr "创建 WebM 兼容文件。如果输出文件扩展名为 &quot;webm&quot; 则将自动开启本选项。此模式将实施一些限制。只允许使用编解码器为 VP8 视频与 Vorbis 音频的轨道。章节与标签功能都不允许使用。DocType 文档类型头项将更改为 &quot;webm&quot;。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:115
msgid "<option>--title</option> <parameter>title</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--title</option> <parameter>标题</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:117
msgid "Sets the general title for the output file, e.g. the movie name."
msgstr "设置整个生成文件的标题，比如电影名称。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:122
msgid "<option>--default-language</option> <parameter>language-code</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--default-language</option> <parameter>语言代码</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:124
msgid "Sets the default language code that will be used for all tracks unless overwritten with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.language\"><option>--language</option></link> option. The default language code is '<literal>und</literal>' for 'undefined'."
msgstr "设置默认语言代码。所有轨道将使用此语言码，除非被用 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.language\"><option>--language</option></link> 选项覆盖。默认的语言代码是 '<literal>und</literal>' 代表 'undefined'（未定）。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:133
msgid "Segment info handling (global options)"
msgstr "剪辑信息处理 (全局选项)"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:137
msgid "<option>--segmentinfo</option> <parameter>filename.xml</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--segmentinfo</option> <parameter>文件名.xml</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:140
msgid "Read segment information from a <abbrev>XML</abbrev> file. This file can contain the segment family <abbrev>UID</abbrev>, segment <abbrev>UID</abbrev>, previous and next segment <abbrev>UID</abbrev> elements. An example file and a <abbrev>DTD</abbrev> are included in the MKVToolNix distribution."
msgstr "从 <abbrev>XML</abbrev> 文件中读取剪辑信息。此文件可以包含剪辑族的 <abbrev>UID</abbrev>、剪辑的 <abbrev>UID</abbrev>、上一剪辑以及下一剪辑的 <abbrev>UID</abbrev> 元素。示例文件以及 <abbrev>DTD</abbrev> 已包含在 MKVToolNix 发布包中。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:146
msgid "See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.segmentinfo\">segment info XML files</link> below for details."
msgstr "详情请参见下文关于 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.segmentinfo\">剪辑信息 XML 文件</link> 的段落。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:152
msgid "<option>--segment-uid</option> <parameter>SID1,SID2,...</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--segment-uid</option> <parameter>SID1,SID2,...</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:155
msgid "Sets the segment UIDs to use. This is a comma-separated list of 128bit segment UIDs in the usual UID form: hex numbers with or without the &quot;0x&quot; prefix, with or without spaces, exactly 32 digits."
msgstr "设定要使用的剪辑 UID。这是个逗号分割的 128 位 UID 列表，UID 为通常的格式: 十六进制数字，&quot;0x&quot; 前缀可选，空格可选，但必须恰好有 32 个数位。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:160
msgid "Each file created contains one segment, and each segment has one segment UID. If more segment UIDs are specified than segments are created then the surplus UIDs are ignored. If fewer UIDs are specified than segments are created then random UIDs will be created for them."
msgstr "创建的每个文件都包含一个剪辑，每个剪辑有一个剪辑 UID。如果指定的剪辑 UID 比创建的剪辑多，则多余的 UID 将被忽略。如果指定的 UID 比创建的剪辑少，则将随机创建 UID。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:170
msgid "Chapter and tag handling (global options)"
msgstr "章节与标签处理 (全局选项)"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:174
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1111
msgid "<option>--chapter-language</option> <parameter>language-code</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--chapter-language</option> <parameter>语言代码</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:177
msgid "Sets the ISO639-2 language code that is written for each chapter entry.  Defaults to '<literal>eng</literal>'.  See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.chapters\">chapters</link> below for details."
msgstr "设置各章节项的 ISO639-2 语言代码。 默认为 '<literal>eng</literal>'。 详情参见下文中关于 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.chapters\">章节</link> 的段落。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:182
msgid "This option can be used both for simple chapter files and for source files that contain chapters but no information about the chapters' language, e.g. MP4 and OGM files."
msgstr "此选项可用于简单章节文件与包含章节但不含章节语言信息的源文件，如 MP4 与 OGM 文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:189
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1100
msgid "<option>--chapter-charset</option> <parameter>character-set</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--chapter-charset</option> <parameter>字符集</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:192
msgid "Sets the character set that is used for the conversion to UTF-8 for simple chapter files. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.text_files_and_charsets\"> text files and character sets</link> for an explanation how &mkvmerge; converts between character sets."
msgstr "设置简单章节文件所用的字符集，用以转为 UTF-8。关于 &mkvmerge; 如何在字符集之间转换的说明请参见关于 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.text_files_and_charsets\"> 文本文件与字符集</link> 的段落。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:198
msgid "This switch does also apply to chapters that are copied from certain container types, e.g. Ogg/OGM and MP4 files.  See the section about chapters below for details."
msgstr "此开关亦可应用到从特定容器类型，如 Ogg/OGM 和 MP4 文件中复制而来的章节。 详情参见下文关于章节的段落。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:205
msgid "<option>--cue-chapter-name-format</option> <parameter>format</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--cue-chapter-name-format</option> <parameter>格式</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:208
msgid "&mkvmerge; supports reading <abbrev>CUE</abbrev> sheets for audio files as the input for chapters. <abbrev>CUE</abbrev> sheets usually contain the entries <varname>PERFORMER</varname> and <varname>TITLE</varname> for each index entry. &mkvmerge; uses these two strings in order to construct the chapter name. With this option the format used for this name can be set."
msgstr "&mkvmerge; 支持读取音频文件的 <abbrev>CUE</abbrev> 表单作为章节输入。<abbrev>CUE</abbrev> 表单中各索引项通常含有 <varname>PERFORMER（表演者）</varname> 与 <varname>TITLE（标题）</varname> 项。&mkvmerge; 使用这两个字串构建章节名称。使用此选项可设定构建名称所用的格式。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:214
msgid "If this option is not given then &mkvmerge; defaults to the format '<code>%p - %t</code>' (the performer, followed by a space, a dash, another space and the title)."
msgstr "如果此选项未给定则 &mkvmerge; 默认使用 '<code>%p - %t</code>' 格式 (表演者, 后接空格, 一个破折号, 另一个空格以及标题)。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:219
msgid "If the format is given then everything except the following meta characters is copied as-is, and the meta characters are replaced like this:"
msgstr "如果给定了格式，则除了后续的标签字符以外都将被原样复制，标签字符将被进行下述替换:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:225
msgid "<parameter>%p</parameter> is replaced by the current entry's <varname>PERFORMER</varname> string,"
msgstr "<parameter>%p</parameter> 被当前项的 <varname>PERFORMER（表演者）</varname> 字符串替代,"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:228
msgid "<parameter>%t</parameter> is replaced by the current entry's <varname>TITLE</varname> string,"
msgstr "<parameter>%t</parameter> 被当前项的 <varname>TITLE（标题）</varname> 字符串替代,"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:231
msgid "<parameter>%n</parameter> is replaced by the current track number and"
msgstr "<parameter>%n</parameter> 被当前轨道编号替代，此外"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:234
msgid "<parameter>%N</parameter> is replaced by the current track number padded with a leading zero if it is &lt; 10."
msgstr "<parameter>%N</parameter> 被当前轨道衬式编号（小于 10 则在前面加零）替代。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:242
msgid "<option>--chapters</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--chapters</option> <parameter>文件名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:245
msgid "Read chapter information from the file <parameter>file-name</parameter>. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.chapters\">chapters</link> below for details."
msgstr "从文件 <parameter>文件名</parameter> 读取章节信息。详情参阅下文关于 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.chapters\">章节</link> 的段落。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:252
msgid "<option>--global-tags</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--global-tags</option> <parameter>文件名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:255
msgid "Read global tags from the file <parameter>file-name</parameter>. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.tags\">tags</link> below for details."
msgstr "从文件 <parameter>文件名</parameter> 读取全局标签。详情参阅下文关于 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.tags\">标签</link> 的段落。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:264
msgid "General output control (advanced global options)"
msgstr "全局输出控制 (高级全局选项)"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:268
msgid "<option>--track-order</option> <parameter>FID1:TID1,FID2:TID2,...</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--track-order</option> <parameter>FID1:TID1,FID2:TID2,...</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:271
msgid "This option changes the order in which the tracks for an input file are created. The argument is a comma separated list of pairs IDs. Each pair contains first the file ID (<parameter>FID1</parameter>) which is simply the number of the file on the command line starting at 0. The second is a track ID (<parameter>TID1</parameter>) from that file.  If some track IDs are omitted then those tracks are created after the ones given with this option have been created."
msgstr "此选项更改输入文件创建时轨道的顺序。变量为逗号分隔的成对的 ID 列。每对先包含有文件 ID (<parameter>FID1</parameter>)，即文件在命令行中的顺序，由 0 开始计数。第二个是在该文件中的轨道 ID (<parameter>TID1</parameter>)。 如果省去部分轨道的 ID，则这些轨道将在使用本选项给定的轨道创建之后创建。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:280
msgid "<option>--cluster-length</option> <parameter>spec</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--cluster-length</option> <parameter>指令</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:283
msgid "Limit the number of data blocks or the duration of data in each cluster. The <parameter>spec</parameter> parameter can either be a number <parameter>n</parameter> without a unit or a number <parameter>d</parameter> postfixed with '<literal>ms</literal>'."
msgstr "限制每个簇中数据块的数量或数据的时长。<parameter>指令</parameter> 参数可以是无单位的数字 <parameter>n</parameter>，也可以是后缀有 '<literal>ms</literal>' 的 <parameter>d</parameter>。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:288
msgid "If no unit is used then &mkvmerge; will put at most <parameter>n</parameter> data blocks into each cluster. The maximum number of blocks is 65535."
msgstr "如果未使用数字，&mkvmerge; 将在每个簇中放置最多 <parameter>n</parameter> 个数据块。最大块数是 65535。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:293
msgid "If the number <parameter>d</parameter> is postfixed with '<literal>ms</literal>' then &mkvmerge; puts at most <parameter>d</parameter> milliseconds of data into each cluster. The minimum for <parameter>d</parameter> is '<literal>100ms</literal>', and the maximum is '<literal>32000ms</literal>'."
msgstr "如果数字 <parameter>d</parameter> 后缀有 '<literal>ms</literal>'，&mkvmerge; 将在每个簇中放置最多 <parameter>d</parameter> 毫秒的数据。<parameter>d</parameter> 的最小值是 '<literal>100ms</literal>'，最大值是 '<literal>32000ms</literal>'。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:299
msgid "&mkvmerge; defaults to putting at most 65535 data blocks and 5000ms of data into a cluster."
msgstr "&mkvmerge; 默认每簇最多放置 65535 个数据块或 5000ms 的数据。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:303
msgid "Programs trying to find a certain frame can only seek directly to a cluster and have to read the whole cluster afterwards. Therefore creating larger clusters may lead to imprecise or slow seeking."
msgstr "尝试定位到特定帧的程序只能直接定位到簇，然后需要读取整个簇（来完成定位）。因此创建较大的簇将导致定位不精确或缓慢。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:310
msgid "<option>--no-cues</option>"
msgstr "<option>--no-cues</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:313
msgid "Tells &mkvmerge; not to create and write the cue data which can be compared to an index in an AVI. &matroska; files can be played back without the cue data, but seeking will probably be imprecise and slower. Use this only if you're really desperate for space or for testing purposes. See also option <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.cues\"><option>--cues</option></link> which can be specified for each input file."
msgstr "让 &mkvmerge; 不要创建或写入 cue 索引（ 可类比作 AVI 文件中的索引）。没有索引的 &matroska; 文件也能播放，但定位可能不精确且缓慢。仅当您确实强求空间或用作测试时使用此选项。请参阅可为各输入文件指定的 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.cues\"><option>--cues</option></link> 选项。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:322
msgid "<option>--clusters-in-meta-seek</option>"
msgstr "<option>--clusters-in-meta-seek</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:325
msgid "Tells &mkvmerge; to create a meta seek element at the end of the file containing all clusters. See also the section about the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.file_layout\">&matroska; file layout</link>."
msgstr "告诉 &mkvmerge; 在文件末尾创建包含所有簇的元定位元素。参阅关于 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.file_layout\">&matroska; 文件规划</link> 的段落。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:332
msgid "<option>--disable-lacing</option>"
msgstr "<option>--disable-lacing</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:335
msgid "Disables lacing for all tracks. This will increase the file's size, especially if there are many audio tracks. This option is not intended for everyday use."
msgstr "禁用所有轨道的紧缩。这将增加文件大小，尤其是当有很多音频轨时。此选项不供日常之用。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:342
msgid "<option>--enable-durations</option>"
msgstr "<option>--enable-durations</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:345
msgid "Write durations for all blocks. This will increase file size and does not offer any additional value for players at the moment."
msgstr "为所有块写入时长。这将增大文件尺寸，而且目前对播放器来说不提供任何额外的益处。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:351
msgid "<option>--timecode-scale</option> <parameter>factor</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--timecode-scale</option> <parameter>系数</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:354
msgid "Forces the timecode scale factor to <parameter>factor</parameter>. Valid values are in the range <constant>1000</constant>..<constant>10000000</constant> or the special value <constant>-1</constant>."
msgstr "强制时间码缩放系数为 <parameter>系数</parameter>。有效值域为 <constant>1000</constant>..<constant>10000000</constant> 或特殊值 <constant>-1</constant>。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:359
msgid "Normally &mkvmerge; will use a value of <constant>1000000</constant> which means that timecodes and durations will have a precision of 1ms. For files that will not contain a video track but at least one audio track &mkvmerge; will automatically chose a timecode scale factor so that all timecodes and durations have a precision of one audio sample. This causes bigger overhead but allows precise seeking and extraction."
msgstr "通常 &mkvmerge; 会使用数值 <constant>1000000</constant>，这样时间码和时长的精度为 1ms。对于不包含视频轨但含有至少一条音频轨的文件，&mkvmerge; 将自动选择一个时间码缩放系数以使各轨的音频采样精度相同。这将引起更大的额外开销，但将允许更为精确的定位与提取。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:366
msgid "If the special value <constant>-1</constant> is used then &mkvmerge; will use sample precision even if a video track is present."
msgstr "如果使用了特殊值 <constant>-1</constant>，即使有视频轨，&mkvmerge; 也将使用采样精度。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:374
msgid "File splitting, linking, appending and concatenation (more global options)"
msgstr "文件切割、连接、追加及合并 (其他全局选项)"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:378
msgid "<option>--split</option> <parameter>specification</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--split</option> <parameter>指令</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:382
msgid "Splits the output file after a given size or a given time.  Please note that tracks can only be split right before a key frame.  Due to buffering &mkvmerge; will split right before the next key frame after the split point has been reached.  Therefore the split point may be a bit off from what the user has specified."
msgstr "在给定尺寸或时间之后切割输出文件。请注意，各轨道只能在关键帧之前的位置切割开。由于缓冲原因，&mkvmerge; 将在达到切割点后发现的首个关键帧前的位置切割。因此实际切割点可能比用户指定的稍稍靠后些。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:388
msgid "At the moment &mkvmerge; supports four different modes."
msgstr "目前 &mkvmerge; 支持四种不同的模式。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:394
msgid "Splitting by size."
msgstr "按尺寸切割。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:398
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <optional><literal>size:</literal></optional><parameter>d</parameter><optional>k|m|g</optional>"
msgstr "语法: <option>--split</option> <optional><literal>size:</literal></optional><parameter>d</parameter><optional>k|m|g</optional>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:402
msgid "Examples: <code>--split size:700m</code> or <code>--split 150000000</code>"
msgstr "示例: <code>--split size:700m</code> 或者 <code>--split 150000000</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:406
msgid "The parameter <parameter>d</parameter> may end with '<literal>k</literal>', '<literal>m</literal>' or '<literal>g</literal>' to indicate that the size is in KB, MB or GB respectively.  Otherwise a size in bytes is assumed.  After the current output file has reached this size limit a new one will be started."
msgstr "参数 <parameter>d</parameter> 可以以 '<literal>k</literal>'、'<literal>m</literal>' 或 '<literal>g</literal>' 结尾，分别说明尺寸的单位为 KB、MB 或 GB。 否则假定单位为字节。 当前输出文件达到此尺寸限制后将开始输出新的文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:412
msgid "The '<literal>size:</literal>' prefix may be omitted for compatibility reasons."
msgstr "为兼顾兼容性，'<literal>size:</literal>' 前缀可以省略。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:418
msgid "Splitting after a duration."
msgstr "在一定时长后切割。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:422
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <optional><literal>duration:</literal></optional><parameter>HH:MM:SS.nnnnnnnnn</parameter>|<parameter>d</parameter>s"
msgstr "语法: <option>--split</option> <optional><literal>duration:</literal></optional><parameter>HH:MM:SS.nnnnnnnnn</parameter>|<parameter>d</parameter>s"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:426
msgid "Examples: <code>--split duration:00:60:00.000</code> or <code>--split 3600s</code>"
msgstr "示例: <code>--split duration:00:60:00.000</code> 或 <code>--split 3600s</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:430
msgid "The parameter must either have the form <parameter>HH:MM:SS.nnnnnnnnn</parameter> for specifying the duration in up to nano-second precision or be a number <parameter>d</parameter> followed by the letter '<literal>s</literal>' for the duration in seconds. <parameter>HH</parameter> is the number of hours, <parameter>MM</parameter> the number of minutes, <parameter>SS</parameter> the number of seconds and <parameter>nnnnnnnnn</parameter> the number of nanoseconds.  Both the number of hours and the number of nanoseconds can be omitted.  There can be up to nine digits after the decimal point.  After the duration of the contents in the current output has reached this limit a new output file will be started."
msgstr "此参数可以用 <parameter>HH:MM:SS.nnnnnnnnn</parameter> 的形式指定纳秒精度的时长，也可以是后接字母 '<literal>s</literal>' 的指定秒数时长的数字 <parameter>d</parameter>。<parameter>HH</parameter> 为小时数，<parameter>MM</parameter> 为分钟数，<parameter>SS</parameter> 为秒数，而<parameter>nnnnnnnnn</parameter> 为纳秒数。 小时数与纳秒数均可省略。 小数点后最多可以有九位。 当前输出内容的时长达到此限制后将开始输出新的输出文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:439
msgid "The '<literal>duration:</literal>' prefix may be omitted for compatibility reasons."
msgstr "为兼顾兼容性，'<literal>duration:</literal>' 前缀可以省略。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:445
msgid "Splitting after specific timecodes."
msgstr "在指定时间码后切割。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:449
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <literal>timecodes:</literal><parameter>A</parameter><optional>,<parameter>B</parameter><optional>,<parameter>C</parameter>...</optional></optional>"
msgstr "语法: <option>--split</option> <literal>timecodes:</literal><parameter>A</parameter><optional>,<parameter>B</parameter><optional>,<parameter>C</parameter>...</optional></optional>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:453
msgid "Example: <code>--split timecodes:00:45:00.000,01:20:00.250,6300s</code>"
msgstr "示例: <code>--split timecodes:00:45:00.000,01:20:00.250,6300s</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:457
msgid "The parameters <parameter>A</parameter>, <parameter>B</parameter>, <parameter>C</parameter> etc must all have the same format as the ones used for the duration (see above). The list of timecodes is separated by commas.  After the input stream has reached the current split point's timecode a new file is created. Then the next split point given in this list is used."
msgstr "参数 <parameter>A</parameter>、<parameter>B</parameter>、<parameter>C</parameter> 等等的格式与按时长切割模式（见上文）所用的格式相同。时间码表以逗号分隔。 输入流达到当前切割点的时间码后将创建新的输出文件。然后将使用所给定的下一个切割点。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:463
msgid "The '<literal>timecodes:</literal>' prefix must not be omitted."
msgstr "'<literal>timecodes:</literal>' 前缀不得省略。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:469
msgid "Keeping specific parts by specifying timecode ranges while discarding others."
msgstr "通过指定时间码范围，保留特定部分，并丢弃其余部分。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:473
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <literal>parts:</literal><parameter>start1</parameter>-<parameter>end1</parameter><optional>,<optional>+</optional><parameter>start2</parameter>-<parameter>end2</parameter><optional>,<optional>+</optional><parameter>start3</parameter>-<parameter>end3</parameter>...</optional></optional>"
msgstr "语法: <option>--split</option> <literal>parts:</literal><parameter>起点1</parameter>-<parameter>终点1</parameter><optional>,<optional>+</optional><parameter>起点3</parameter>-<parameter>终点2</parameter><optional>,<optional>+</optional><parameter>起点3</parameter>-<parameter>终点3</parameter>...</optional></optional>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:479
msgid "<code>--split parts:00:01:20-00:02:45,00:05:50-00:10:30</code>"
msgstr "<code>--split parts:00:01:20-00:02:45,00:05:50-00:10:30</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:480
msgid "<code>--split parts:00:01:20-00:02:45,+00:05:50-00:10:30</code>"
msgstr "<code>--split parts:00:01:20-00:02:45,+00:05:50-00:10:30</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:481
msgid "<code>--split parts:-00:02:45,00:05:50-</code>"
msgstr "<code>--split parts:-00:02:45,00:05:50-</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:477
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:545
msgid "Examples: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "示例: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:486
msgid "The <literal>parts</literal> mode tells &mkvmerge; to keep certain ranges of timecodes while discarding others. The ranges to keep have to be listed after the <literal>parts:</literal> keyword and be separated by commas. A range itself consists of a start and an end timecode in the same format the other variations of <parameter>--split</parameter> accept (e.g. both <literal>00:01:20</literal> and <literal>80s</literal> refer to the same timecode)."
msgstr "<literal>parts</literal> 模式可以告诉 &mkvmerge; 保留特定时间码范围，而丢弃其余部分。要保留的范围需要在 <literal>parts:</literal> 关键词后列出，以逗号隔开。各分段由起始及终止时间码组成，格式与其他 <parameter>--split</parameter> 模式所能接受的相同 (如 <literal>00:01:20</literal> 与 <literal>80s</literal> 代表相同的时间码)。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:493
msgid "If a start timecode is left out then it defaults to the previous range's end timecode. If there was no previous range then it defaults to the start of the file (see example 3)."
msgstr "若起始时间码留空，则默认为前一段的终止时间码。若不存在前一段，则默认为文件开头 (参见示例 3)。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:498
msgid "If an end timecode is left out then it defaults to the end of the source files which basically tells &mkvmerge; to keep the rest (see example 3)."
msgstr "若终止时间码留空，则默认为源文件末尾，亦即告诉 &mkvmerge; 保留其余部分 (参见示例 3)。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:503
msgid "Normally each range will be written to a new file. This can be changed so that consecutive ranges are written to the same file. For that the user has to prefix the start timecode with a <literal>+</literal>. This tells &mkvmerge; not to create a new file and instead append the range to the same file the previous range was written to. Timecodes will be adjusted so that there will be no gap in the output file even if there was a gap in the two ranges in the input file."
msgstr "通常每一段都会写入新的文件。该行为也可以调整，以便将连续的分段写入同一个文件。要实现这种效果，用户可以在起始时间码开头加上 <literal>+</literal> 前缀。这样可以告诉 &mkvmerge; 不要创建新文件，而是将该分段写入与之前一段相同的文件当中。时间码也会自动调整，确保即使输入文件中两分段不连续，输出文件中也不出现间隙。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:510
msgid "In example 1 &mkvmerge; will create two files. The first will contain the content starting from <literal>00:01:20</literal> until <literal>00:02:45</literal>. The second file will contain the content starting from <literal>00:05:50</literal> until <literal>00:10:30</literal>."
msgstr "例 1 中 &mkvmerge; 会创建两个文件。第一个包含从 <literal>00:01:20</literal> 到 <literal>00:02:45</literal> 之间的内容。第二个文件包含从 <literal>00:05:50</literal> 到 <literal>00:10:30</literal> 之间的内容。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:516
msgid "In example 2 &mkvmerge; will create only one file. This file will contain both the content starting from <literal>00:01:20</literal> until <literal>00:02:45</literal> and the content starting from <literal>00:05:50</literal> until <literal>00:10:30</literal>."
msgstr "例 2 中 &mkvmerge; 将只创建一个文件。该文件包含从 <literal>00:01:20</literal> 到 <literal>00:02:45</literal> 及从 <literal>00:05:50</literal> 到 <literal>00:10:30</literal> 的内容。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:521
msgid "In example 3 &mkvmerge; will create two files. The first will contain the content from the start of the source files until <literal>00:02:45</literal>. The second file will contain the content starting from <literal>00:05:50</literal> until the end of the source files."
msgstr "例 3 中 &mkvmerge; 将创建两个文件。第一个包含从源文件开头到 <literal>00:02:45</literal> 的内容。第二个文件将包含从 <literal>00:05:50</literal> 到源文件结尾之间的内容。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><note><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:528
msgid "Note that &mkvmerge; only makes decisions about splitting at key frame positions. This applies to both the start and the end of each range. So even if an end timecode is between two key frames &mkvmerge; will continue outputting the frames up to but excluding the following key frame."
msgstr "请注意，&mkvmerge; 只在关键帧位置决定是否切割。每段切割区域的起始点与结束点均为关键帧。因此即使结束时间码介于两个关键帧之间，&mkvmerge; 也将继续输出帧，直到下一关键帧为止（不包括）。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:537
msgid "Keeping specific parts by specifying frame/field number ranges while discarding others."
msgstr "通过指定帧/场序号范围，保留特定部分，并丢弃其余部分。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:541
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <literal>parts-frames:</literal><parameter>start1</parameter>-<parameter>end1</parameter><optional>,<optional>+</optional><parameter>start2</parameter>-<parameter>end2</parameter><optional>,<optional>+</optional><parameter>start3</parameter>-<parameter>end3</parameter>...</optional></optional>"
msgstr "语法: <option>--split</option> <literal>parts-frames:</literal><parameter>起点1</parameter>-<parameter>终点1</parameter><optional>,<optional>+</optional><parameter>起点2</parameter>-<parameter>终点2</parameter><optional>,<optional>+</optional><parameter>起点3</parameter>-<parameter>终点3</parameter>...</optional></optional>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:547
msgid "<code>--split parts-frames:137-258,548-1211</code>"
msgstr "<code>--split parts-frames:137-258,548-1211</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:548
msgid "<code>--split parts-frames:733-912,+1592-2730</code>"
msgstr "<code>--split parts-frames:733-912,+1592-2730</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:549
msgid "<code>--split parts-frames:-430,2512-</code>"
msgstr "<code>--split parts-frames:-430,2512-</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:554
msgid "The <literal>parts-frames</literal> mode tells &mkvmerge; to keep certain ranges of frame/field numbers while discarding others. The ranges to keep have to be listed after the <literal>parts-frames:</literal> keyword and be separated by commas. A range itself consists of a start and an end frame/field number. Numbering starts at 1."
msgstr "<literal>parts-frames</literal> 模式可以告诉 &mkvmerge; 保留特定帧/场序号范围，而丢弃其余部分。要保留的范围需要在 <literal>parts-frames:</literal> 关键词后列出，以逗号隔开。各分段由起始及终止帧/场序号组成。序号从 1 开始计数。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:560
msgid "If a start number is left out then it defaults to the previous range's end number. If there was no previous range then it defaults to the start of the file (see example 3)."
msgstr "若起始序号留空，则默认为前一段的终止序号。若不存在前一段，则默认为文件开头 (参见示例 3)。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:565
msgid "If an end number is left out then it defaults to the end of the source files which basically tells &mkvmerge; to keep the rest (see example 3)."
msgstr "若终止序号留空，则默认为文件末尾，亦即告诉 &mkvmerge; 保留其余部分 (参见示例 3)。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:570
msgid "Normally each range will be written to a new file. This can be changed so that consecutive ranges are written to the same file. For that the user has to prefix the start number with a <literal>+</literal>. This tells &mkvmerge; not to create a new file and instead append the range to the same file the previous range was written to. Timecodes will be adjusted so that there will be no gap in the output file even if there was a gap in the two ranges in the input file."
msgstr "通常每一段都会写入新的文件。该行为也可以调整，以便将连续的分段写入同一个文件。要实现这种效果，用户可以在起始序号开头加上 <literal>+</literal> 前缀。这样可以告诉 &mkvmerge; 不要创建新文件，而是将该分段写入与之前一段相同的文件当中。时间码也会自动调整，确保即使输入文件中两分段不连续，输出文件中也不出现间隙。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><note><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:578
msgid "Note that &mkvmerge; only makes decisions about splitting at key frame positions. This applies to both the start and the end of each range. So even if an end frame/field number is between two key frames &mkvmerge; will continue outputting the frames up to but excluding the following key frame."
msgstr "请注意，&mkvmerge; 只在关键帧位置决定是否切割。每段切割区域的起始点与结束点均为关键帧。因此即使结束帧/场序号介于两个关键帧之间，&mkvmerge; 也将继续输出帧，直到下一关键帧为止（不包括）。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:585
msgid "In example 1 &mkvmerge; will create two files. The first will contain the content starting from the first key frame at or after <literal>137</literal> up to but excluding the first key frame at or after <literal>258</literal>. The second file will contain the content starting from <literal>548</literal> until <literal>1211</literal>."
msgstr "例 1 中 &mkvmerge; 会创建两个文件。第一个包含从第 <literal>137</literal> 帧或之后的第一个关键帧，到第 <literal>258</literal> 帧或之后的第一个关键帧（但不含该关键帧）之间的内容。第二个文件包含第 <literal>548</literal> 到 <literal>1211</literal> 帧之间的内容。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:591
msgid "In example 2 &mkvmerge; will create only one file. This file will contain both the content starting from <literal>733</literal> until <literal>912</literal> and the content starting from <literal>1592</literal> until <literal>2730</literal>."
msgstr "例 2 中 &mkvmerge; 将只创建一个文件。该文件包含从 <literal>733</literal> 到 <literal>912</literal> 及从 <literal>1592</literal> 到 <literal>2730</literal> 的内容。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:596
msgid "In example 3 &mkvmerge; will create two files. The first will contain the content from the start of the source files until <literal>430</literal>. The second file will contain the content starting from <literal>2512</literal> until the end of the source files."
msgstr "例 3 中 &mkvmerge; 将创建两个文件。第一个包含源文件开头到 <literal>430</literal> 的内容。第二个文件将包含从 <literal>2512</literal> 到源文件结尾之间的内容。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:602
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:639
msgid "This mode considers only the first video track that is output.  If no video track is output no splitting will occur."
msgstr "该模式只考虑输出的第一条视频轨道。 如果没有输出视频轨道，则将不会进行切割操作。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><note><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:607
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:644
msgid "The numbers given with this argument are interpreted based on the number of &matroska; blocks that are output.  A single &matroska; block contains either a full frame (for progressive content) or a single field (for interlaced content).  mkvmerge does not distinguish between those two and simply counts the number of blocks.  For example: If one wanted to split after the 25th full frame with interlaced content one would have to use <literal>50</literal> (two fields per full frame) as the split point."
msgstr "通过本参数给出的数字将根据输出的 &matroska; 区块解析。 单个 &matroska; 区块可包含完整的一帧 (对于逐行扫描的内容) 或单场 (对于隔行扫描的内容)。 mkvmerge 不区分两者，它直接统计区块数目。 例如: 假设某人希望在隔行扫描的第 25 个完整帧之后切割，则应使用 <literal>50</literal> (每帧对应两场) 作为切割点。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:617
msgid "Splitting after specific frames/fields."
msgstr "在指定帧/场后切割。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:621
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <literal>frames:</literal><parameter>A</parameter><optional>,<parameter>B</parameter><optional>,<parameter>C</parameter>...</optional></optional>"
msgstr "语法: <option>--split</option> <literal>frames:</literal><parameter>A</parameter><optional>,<parameter>B</parameter><optional>,<parameter>C</parameter>...</optional></optional>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:625
msgid "Example: <code>--split frames:120,237,891</code>"
msgstr "示例: <code>--split frames:120,237,891</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:629
msgid "The parameters <parameter>A</parameter>, <parameter>B</parameter>, <parameter>C</parameter> etc must all be positive integers.  Numbering starts at 1.  The list of frame/field numbers is separated by commas.  After the input stream has reached the current split point's frame/field number a new file is created.  Then the next split point given in this list is used."
msgstr "参数 <parameter>A</parameter>、<parameter>B</parameter>、<parameter>C</parameter> 等等必须全为正整数。编号从 1 开始。 帧/场编号列表以逗号分隔。 输入流达到当前切割点的帧/场编号后将创建新的输出文件。然后将使用所给定的下一个切割点。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:635
msgid "The '<literal>frames:</literal>' prefix must not be omitted."
msgstr "'<literal>frames:</literal>' 前缀不得省略。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:654
msgid "Splitting before specific chapters."
msgstr "在指定章节之前切割。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:658
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <literal>chapters:all</literal> or <option>--split</option> <literal>chapters:</literal><parameter>A</parameter><optional>,<parameter>B</parameter><optional>,<parameter>C</parameter>...</optional></optional>"
msgstr "语法: <option>--split</option> <literal>chapters:all</literal> or <option>--split</option> <literal>chapters:</literal><parameter>A</parameter><optional>,<parameter>B</parameter><optional>,<parameter>C</parameter>...</optional></optional>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:663
msgid "Example: <code>--split chapters:5,8</code>"
msgstr "示例: <code>--split chapters:5,8</code>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:667
msgid "The parameters <parameter>A</parameter>, <parameter>B</parameter>, <parameter>C</parameter> etc must all be positive integers.  Numbering starts at 1.  The list of chapter numbers is separated by commas.  Splitting will occur right before the first key frame whose timecode is equal to or bigger than the start timecode for the chapters whose numbers are listed.  A chapter starting at 0s is never considered for splitting and discarded silently."
msgstr "参数 <parameter>A</parameter>、<parameter>B</parameter>、<parameter>C</parameter> 等等必须全为正整数。编号从 1 开始。 章节编号列表以逗号分隔。 切割将在时间码等于或大于所列编号对应章节的起始时间码的首个关键帧之前进行。从 0s 开始的章节将不作考虑，并不作提示，直接丢弃。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:674
msgid "The keyword <literal>all</literal> can be used instead of listing all chapter numbers manually."
msgstr "关键词 <literal>all</literal> 可选择所有章节编号，无需手工输入。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:678
msgid "The '<literal>chapters:</literal>' prefix must not be omitted."
msgstr "'<literal>chapters:</literal>' 前缀不得省略。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><note><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:683
msgid "The &matroska; file format supports arbitrary deeply nested chapter structures called 'edition entries' and 'chapter atoms'.  However, this mode only considers the top-most level of chapters across all edition entries."
msgstr "&matroska; 文件格式支持任意深度嵌套的章节结构，称为“版本条目”与“章节原子”。 但该模式仅考虑所有版本条目中最顶层的章节。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:691
msgid "For this splitting mode the output filename is treated differently than for the normal operation. It may contain a <function>printf</function> like expression '<code>%d</code>' including an optional field width, e.g. '<code>%02d</code>'. If it does then the current file number will be formatted appropriately and inserted at that point in the filename.  If there is no such pattern then a pattern of '<code>-%03d</code>' is assumed right before the file's extension: '<code>-o output.mkv</code>' would result in '<code>output-001.mkv</code>' and so on. If there's no extension then '<code>-%03d</code>' will be appended to the name."
msgstr "此切割模式下输出文件名将以不同于常用操作的方式对待。可能会含有类似 <function>printf</function> 中 '<code>%d</code>' 的表达式，包括可选的字段宽度，如 '<code>%02d</code>'。如果含有上述表达式，当前文件序号将按相应格式生成，然后插入到文件名中的相应位置。 如果没有此类匹配模式，则假定匹配模式为在文件扩展名之前插入 '<code>-%03d</code>': '<code>-o 输出.mkv</code>' 将生成 '<code>输出-001.mkv</code>' 这样的一系列文件。如果没有扩展名，'<code>-%03d</code>' 将被追加在文件名之后。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:702
msgid "<option>--link</option>"
msgstr "<option>--link</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:705
msgid "Link files to one another when splitting the output file. See the section on <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.file_linking\">file linking</link> below for details."
msgstr "切割输出文件时连接文件。详情请参阅下文 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.file_linking\">文件链接</link> 段落。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:712
msgid "<option>--link-to-previous</option> <parameter>segment-UID</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--link-to-previous</option> <parameter>剪辑-UID</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:715
msgid "Links the first output file to the segment with the segment UID given by the <parameter>segment-UID</parameter> parameter. See the section on <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.file_linking\">file linking</link> below for details."
msgstr "连接第一个输出文件到指定 <parameter>剪辑-UID</parameter> 参数对应的剪辑。详情请参阅下文 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.file_linking\">文件链接</link> 段落。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:722
msgid "<option>--link-to-next</option> <parameter>segment-UID</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--link-to-next</option> <parameter>剪辑-UID</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:725
msgid "Links the last output file to the segment with the segment UID given by the <parameter>segment-UID</parameter> parameter. See the section on <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.file_linking\">file linking</link> below for details."
msgstr "连接最后一个输出文件到指定 <parameter>剪辑-UID</parameter> 参数对应的剪辑。详情请参阅下文 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.file_linking\">文件链接</link> 段落。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:732
msgid "<option>--append-mode</option> <parameter>mode</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--append-mode</option> <parameter>模式</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:735
msgid "Determines how timecodes are calculated when appending files.  The parameter <parameter>mode</parameter> can have two values: '<literal>file</literal>' which is also the default and '<literal>track</literal>'."
msgstr "决定追加合并文件时如何计算时间码。 参数 <parameter>模式</parameter> 可以有两个数值: 默认的 '<literal>file（文件）</literal>' 和 '<literal>track（轨道）</literal>'。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:740
msgid "When mkvmerge appends a track (called '<literal>track2_1</literal>' from now on) from a second file (called '<literal>file2</literal>') to a track (called '<literal>track1_1</literal>') from the first file (called '<literal>file1</literal>')  then it has to offset all timecodes for '<literal>track2_1</literal>' by an amount.  For '<literal>file</literal>' mode this amount is the highest timecode encountered in '<literal>file1</literal>' even if that timecode was from a different track than '<literal>track1_1</literal>'. In track mode the offset is the highest timecode of '<literal>track1_1</literal>'."
msgstr "当 mkvmerge 将来自另一文件 (本段中假设为 '<literal>文件2</literal>') 的一条轨道 (假设为 '<literal>轨道2_1</literal>' ) 追加合并到首个文件 (假设为 '<literal>文件1</literal>')的一条轨道 (假设为 '<literal>轨道1_1</literal>') 时，它将为 '<literal>轨道2_1</literal>' 的所有时间码设定一定量的延时。 对于 '<literal>file（文件）</literal>' 模式此延时量是 '<literal>文件1</literal>' 中遇到的最大时间码，即使此时间码不属于轨道 '<literal>轨道1_1</literal>'。而在 track （轨道模式）下此延时为 '<literal>轨道1_1</literal>' 的最大时间码。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:748
msgid "Unfortunately mkvmerge cannot detect which mode to use reliably. Therefore it defaults to '<literal>file</literal>' mode. '<literal>file</literal>' mode usually works better for files that have been created independently of each other; e.g. when appending <abbrev>AVI</abbrev> or <abbrev>MP4</abbrev> files. '<literal>track</literal>' mode may work better for sources that are essentially just parts of one big file, e.g. for <abbrev>VOB</abbrev> and <abbrev>EVO</abbrev> files."
msgstr "不幸的是 mkvmerge 无法侦测使用哪种模式更为可靠。因此默认为 '<literal>file（文件）</literal>' 模式。'<literal>file</literal>' 模式对单独创建的文件的处理通常更好；例如在追加 <abbrev>AVI</abbrev> 或 <abbrev>MP4</abbrev> 文件时。'<literal>track（轨道）</literal>' 模式对一个大文件的完整分块的处理更好，例如对于 <abbrev>VOB</abbrev> 与 <abbrev>EVO</abbrev> 文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:755
msgid "Subtitle tracks are always treated as if '<literal>file</literal>' mode were active even if '<literal>track</literal>' mode actually is."
msgstr "即使选用了 '<literal>track（轨道）</literal>' 模式，字母轨道也将按照 '<literal>file（文件）</literal>' 模式处理。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:762
msgid "<option>--append-to</option> <parameter>SFID1:STID1:DFID1:DTID1<optional>,...</optional></parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--append-to</option> <parameter>SFID1:STID1:DFID1:DTID1<optional>,...</optional></parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:765
msgid "This option controls to which track another track is appended.  Each spec contains four IDs: a file ID, a track ID, a second file ID and a second track ID.  The first pair, \"source file ID\" and \"source track ID\", identifies the track that is to be appended.  The second pair, \"destination file ID\" and \"destination track ID\", identifies the track the first one is appended to."
msgstr "此选项控制要追加合并哪些轨道与哪些轨道。 各指令由四个 ID 组成: 源文件 ID, 源轨道 ID, 目标文件 ID 和目标轨道 ID。 第一对，\"源文件 ID\" 与 \"源轨道 ID\"确定要追加合并的轨道。 第二对，\"目标文件 ID\" 与 \"目标轨道 ID\"，确定源轨道要追加合并到的轨道。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:771
msgid "If this option has been omitted then a standard mapping is used.  This standard mapping appends each track from the current file to a track from the previous file with the same track ID.  This allows for easy appending if a movie has been split into two parts and both file have the same number of tracks and track IDs with the command <command>mkvmerge -o output.mkv part1.mkv +part2.mkv</command>."
msgstr "如果忽略本选项，则将使用标准映射。 标准映射即将当前文件的各个轨道追加到前一个文件的相应轨道（轨道 ID 相同）。 当影片被切割为多段，且各文件中轨道数和轨道 ID 相同时，这将允许简单的追加合并，命令行为 <command>mkvmerge -o 输出.mkv 第一段.mkv +第二段.mkv</command>。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:779
msgid "<option>+</option>"
msgstr "<option>+</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:782
msgid "A single '+' causes the next file to be appended instead of added. The '+' can also be put in front of the next file name. Therefore the following two commands are equivalent:"
msgstr "单个 '+' 将追加后面的文件，而不是添加。'+' 也可以直接放在下一个文件名的前面。因此以下两条命令等效:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:786
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ mkvmerge -o full.mkv file1.mkv + file2.mkv\n"
"$ mkvmerge -o full.mkv file1.mkv +file2.mkv"
msgstr ""
"$ mkvmerge -o 完整.mkv 文件1.mkv + 文件2.mkv\n"
"$ mkvmerge -o 完整.mkv 文件1.mkv +文件2.mkv"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:792
msgid "<option>=</option>"
msgstr "<option>=</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:795
msgid "Normally &mkvmerge; looks for files in the same directory as an input file that have the same base name and only differ in their running number (e.g. 'VTS_01_1.VOB', 'VTS_01_2.VOB', 'VTS_01_3.VOB' etc) and treats all of those files as if they were concatenated into a single big file. This option, a single '=', causes mkvmerge not to look for those additional files."
msgstr "通常情况下 &mkvmerge; 将在输入文件所在的目录中查找基本名称相同，仅在连续的数字方面有差异的文件 (如 'VTS_01_1.VOB'、'VTS_01_2.VOB'、'VTS_01_3.VOB' 等等)，并将所有这些文件作为连接后的单个大文件对待。本选项，单个 '='，可令 mkvmerge 不查找这些额外的文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:801
msgid "The '=' can also be put in front of the next file name. Therefore the following two commands are equivalent:"
msgstr "'=' 也可以放在下一个文件名的前面。因此以下两条命令等效:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:804
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ mkvmerge -o full.mkv = file1.mkv\n"
"$ mkvmerge -o full.mkv =file1.mkv"
msgstr ""
"$ mkvmerge -o 完整.mkv = 文件1.mkv\n"
"$ mkvmerge -o 完整.mkv =文件1.mkv"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:810
msgid "<option>(</option> <parameter>file1</parameter> <parameter>file2</parameter> <option>)</option>"
msgstr "<option>(</option> <parameter>文件1</parameter> <parameter>文件2</parameter> <option>)</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:813
msgid "If multiple file names are contained in a pair of parenthesis then those files will be treated as if they were concatenated into a single big file consisting of the content of each of the files one after the other."
msgstr "如果一对圆括号中包含多个文件名，这些文件将被当作连接起来的单个大文件对待，其内容为各文件顺序相连。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:818
msgid "This can be used for e.g. VOB files coming from a DVD or MPEG transport streams. It cannot be used if each file contains its own set of headers which is usually the case with stand-alone files like AVI or MP4."
msgstr "该功能可用于如 DVD 中的 VOB 文件，或是 MPEG 传输流。如果各文件有独立的头，常见的例子如独立的 AVI 或 MP4 文件，则不适用。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:823
msgid "Putting a file name into parenthesis also prevents &mkvmerge; from looking for additional files with the same base name as described in <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.prevent_concatenation\">option <option>=</option></link>. Therefore these two command lines are equivalent:"
msgstr "将文件名置于括号中还可以阻止 &mkvmerge; 查找具有相同基名称的文件，如 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.prevent_concatenation\"><option>=</option> 选项</link> 所述。因此下面两则命令行等效:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:828
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ mkvmerge -o out.mkv = file.mkv\n"
"$ mkvmerge -o out.mkv '(' file.mkv ')'"
msgstr ""
"$ mkvmerge -o 输出.mkv = 文件.mkv\n"
"$ mkvmerge -o 输出.mkv '(' 文件.mkv ')'"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:832
msgid "Several things should be noted:"
msgstr "应该注意的几件事:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:838
msgid "There must be spaces both after the opening and before the closing parenthesis."
msgstr "左括号后、右括号前均必须有空格。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:844
msgid "Every parameter between parenthesis is interpreted as a file name. Therefore all options applying to this logical file must be listed before the opening parenthesis."
msgstr "括号之间的所有参数都作为文件名解析。因此应用到此逻辑文件的所有选项都必须在左括号之前列出。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:850
msgid "Some shells treat parenthesis as special characters. Hence you must escape or quote them as shown in the example above."
msgstr "一些 shell 会将括号作为特殊符号对待。因此您需要像上例这样进行转义或给它们加上引号。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:861
msgid "Attachment support (more global options)"
msgstr "附件支持 (其他全局选项)"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:865
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:288
msgid "<option>--attachment-description</option> <parameter>description</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--attachment-description</option> <parameter>描述</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:868
msgid "Plain text description of the following attachment. Applies to the next <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attach_file\"><option>--attach-file</option></link> or <option>--attach-file-once</option> option."
msgstr "对后面附件的纯文字描述。将应用到下一个 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attach_file\"><option>--attach-file</option></link> 或 <option>--attach-file-once</option> 选项。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:876
msgid "<option>--attachment-mime-type</option> <parameter>MIME type</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--attachment-mime-type</option> <parameter>MIME 类型</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:879
msgid "<abbrev >MIME</abbrev> type of the following attachment. Applies to the next <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attach_file\"><option>--attach-file</option></link> or <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attach_file\"><option>--attach-file-once</option></link> option.  A list of officially recognized <abbrev>MIME</abbrev> types can be found e.g. at <ulink url=\"http://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/\">the IANA homepage</ulink>. The <abbrev>MIME</abbrev> type is mandatory for an attachment."
msgstr "后面附件的 <abbrev >MIME</abbrev> 类型。将应用到下一个 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attach_file\"><option>--attach-file</option></link> 或 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attach_file\"><option>--attach-file-once</option></link> 选项。 官方认可的 <abbrev>MIME</abbrev> 类型列表可以在如 <ulink url=\"http://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/\">IANA 主页</ulink> 找到。<abbrev>MIME</abbrev> 类型对附件来说是必需的。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:889
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:270
msgid "<option>--attachment-name</option> <parameter>name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--attachment-name</option> <parameter>名称</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:892
msgid "Sets the name that will be stored in the output file for this attachment.  If this option is not given then the name will be derived from the file name of the attachment as given with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attach_file\"><option>--attach-file</option></link> or the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attach_file\"><option>--attach-file-once</option></link> option."
msgstr "设置此附件将在输出文件中储存的名称。 如果未给出此选项则将由 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attach_file\"><option>--attach-file</option></link> 或 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attach_file\"><option>--attach-file-once</option></link> 选项所设的文件名推得。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:902
msgid "<option>--attach-file</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>, <option>--attach-file-once</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--attach-file</option> <parameter>文件名</parameter>, <option>--attach-file-once</option> <parameter>文件名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:907
msgid "Creates a file attachment inside the &matroska; file. The <abbrev>MIME</abbrev> type must have been set before this option can used. The difference between the two forms is that during splitting the files attached with <option>--attach-file</option> are attached to all output files while the ones attached with <option>--attach-file-once</option> are only attached to the first file created.  If splitting is not used then both do the same."
msgstr "在 &matroska; 文件中创建文件附件。<abbrev>MIME</abbrev> 类型必须在使用此选项之前设定。两种形式的不同之处在于使用 <option>--attach-file</option> 附加的文件在切割过程中将被附加到所有输出文件中，而使用 <option>--attach-file-once</option> 附加的文件只被附加到创建的首个文件中。如果未使用切割功能，两种形式效果相同。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:914
msgid "&mkvextract; can be used to extract attached files from a &matroska; file."
msgstr "可以使用 &mkvextract; 从 &matroska; 文件中提取附件文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:922
msgid "Options that can be used for each input file"
msgstr "用于各输入文件的选项"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:926
msgid "<option>-a</option>, <option>--audio-tracks</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-a</option>, <option>--audio-tracks</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:929
msgid "Copy the audio tracks <parameter>n</parameter>, <parameter>m</parameter> etc. The numbers are track IDs which can be obtained with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> switch. They're not simply the track numbers (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>). Default: copy all audio tracks."
msgstr "复制 <parameter>n</parameter>、<parameter>m</parameter> 等音频轨。数字是可以通过 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> 开关获取的轨道 ID。他们不只是简单的轨道序号（参见 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">轨道 ID</link>段落）。默认: 复制所有音频轨道。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:935
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:951
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:967
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:983
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:999
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1021
msgid "If the IDs are prefixed with <literal>!</literal> then the meaning is reversed: copy everything but the IDs listed after the <literal>!</literal>."
msgstr "如果 ID 以 <literal>!</literal> 作为前缀，则含义相反: 复制除了列在 <literal>!</literal> 后面的 ID 以外的所有轨道。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:942
msgid "<option>-d</option>, <option>--video-tracks</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-d</option>, <option>--video-tracks</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:945
msgid "Copy the video tracks <parameter>n</parameter>, <parameter>m</parameter> etc. The numbers are track IDs which can be obtained with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> switch. They're not simply the track numbers (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>). Default: copy all video tracks."
msgstr "复制 <parameter>n</parameter>、<parameter>m</parameter> 等视频轨。数字是可以通过 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> 开关获取的轨道 ID。他们不只是简单的轨道序号（参见 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">轨道 ID</link>段落）。默认: 复制所有视频轨道。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:958
msgid "<option>-s</option>, <option>--subtitle-tracks</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-s</option>, <option>--subtitle-tracks</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:961
msgid "Copy the subtitle tracks <parameter>n</parameter>, <parameter>m</parameter> etc. The numbers are track IDs which can be obtained with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> switch. They're not simply the track numbers (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>). Default: copy all subtitle tracks."
msgstr "复制 <parameter>n</parameter>、<parameter>m</parameter> 等字幕轨。数字是可以通过 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> 开关获取的轨道 ID。他们不只是简单的轨道序号（参见 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">轨道 ID</link>段落）。默认: 复制所有字幕轨道。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:974
msgid "<option>-b</option>, <option>--button-tracks</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-b</option>, <option>--button-tracks</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:977
msgid "Copy the button tracks <parameter>n</parameter>, <parameter>m</parameter> etc. The numbers are track IDs which can be obtained with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> switch. They're not simply the track numbers (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>). Default: copy all button tracks."
msgstr "复制 <parameter>n</parameter>、<parameter>m</parameter> 等按钮轨。数字是可以通过 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> 开关获取的轨道 ID。他们不只是简单的轨道序号（参见 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">轨道 ID</link>段落）。默认: 复制所有按钮轨道。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:990
msgid "<option>--track-tags</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--track-tags</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:993
msgid "Copy the tags for tracks <parameter>n</parameter>, <parameter>m</parameter> etc.  The numbers are track IDs which can be obtained with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> switch (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>).  They're not simply the track numbers.  Default: copy tags for all tracks."
msgstr "复制 <parameter>n</parameter>、<parameter>m</parameter> 等轨道的标签。数字是可以通过 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> 开关获取的轨道 ID。他们不只是简单的轨道序号（参见 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">轨道 ID</link>段落）。默认: 复制所有轨道的标签。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1006
msgid "<option>-m</option>, <option>--attachments</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n<optional>:all|first</optional>,m<optional>:all|first</optional>,...</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-m</option>, <option>--attachments</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n<optional>:all|first</optional>,m<optional>:all|first</optional>,...</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1009
msgid "Copy the attachments with the IDs <parameter>n</parameter>, <parameter>m</parameter> etc to all or only the first output file. Each ID can be followed by either '<literal>:all</literal>' (which is the default if neither is entered) or '<literal>:first</literal>'. If splitting is active then those attachments whose IDs are specified with '<literal>:all</literal>' are copied to all of the resulting output files while the others are only copied into the first output file. If splitting is not active then both variants have the same effect."
msgstr "复制 ID 为 <parameter>n</parameter>、<parameter>m</parameter> 等的附件到所有或者仅首个输出文件中。各 ID 后可接 '<literal>:all</literal>'（如果两可选数值均未输入，此为默认值）或者 '<literal>:first</literal>'。如果切割功能已被起用，则 ID 被指定为 '<literal>:all</literal>' 的附件将被复制到所有生成的输出文件中，而其他附件只被复制到首个输出文件中。如果未使用切割功能则两变量等效。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1017
msgid "The default is to copy all attachments to all output files."
msgstr "默认复制所有附件到所有输出文件中。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1028
msgid "<option>-A</option>, <option>--no-audio</option>"
msgstr "<option>-A</option>, <option>--no-audio</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1031
msgid "Don't copy any audio track from this file."
msgstr "不要从此文件中复制任何音频轨。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1037
msgid "<option>-D</option>, <option>--no-video</option>"
msgstr "<option>-D</option>, <option>--no-video</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1040
msgid "Don't copy any video track from this file."
msgstr "不要从此文件中复制任何视频轨。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1046
msgid "<option>-S</option>, <option>--no-subtitles</option>"
msgstr "<option>-S</option>, <option>--no-subtitles</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1049
msgid "Don't copy any subtitle track from this file."
msgstr "不要从此文件中复制任何字幕轨。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1055
msgid "<option>-B</option>, <option>--no-buttons</option>"
msgstr "<option>-B</option>, <option>--no-buttons</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1058
msgid "Don't copy any button track from this file."
msgstr "不要从此文件中复制任何按钮轨。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1064
msgid "<option>-T</option>, <option>--no-track-tags</option>"
msgstr "<option>-T</option>, <option>--no-track-tags</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1067
msgid "Don't copy any track specific tags from this file."
msgstr "不要从此文件中复制任何轨道细节标签。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1073
msgid "<option>--no-chapters</option>"
msgstr "<option>--no-chapters</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1076
msgid "Don't copy chapters from this file."
msgstr "不要从此文件中复制章节。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1082
msgid "<option>-M</option>, <option>--no-attachments</option>"
msgstr "<option>-M</option>, <option>--no-attachments</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1085
msgid "Don't copy attachments from this file."
msgstr "不要从此文件中复制附件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1091
msgid "<option>--no-global-tags</option>"
msgstr "<option>--no-global-tags</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1094
msgid "Don't copy global tags from this file."
msgstr "不要从此文件中复制全局标签。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1103
msgid "Sets the charset that is used for the conversion to UTF-8 for chapter information contained in the source file. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.text_files_and_charsets\"> text files and character sets</link> for an explanation how &mkvmerge; converts between character sets."
msgstr "设置源文件中章节信息的字符集，以供转为 UTF-8 之用。关于 &mkvmerge; 如何在字符集之间进行转换的说明，请参阅下文 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.text_files_and_charsets\"> 文本文件与字符集</link> 段落。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1114
msgid "Sets the ISO639-2 language code that is written for each chapter entry.  This option can be used for source files that contain chapters but no information about the chapters' languages, e.g. for MP4 and OGM files."
msgstr "选择各章节项所用的 ISO639-2 语言代码。 此选项可用于包含章节但不含关于章节语言的信息的源文件，如 MP4 与 OGM 文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1121
msgid "<option>-y</option>, <option>--sync</option> <parameter>TID:d<optional>,o<optional>/p</optional></optional></parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-y</option>, <option>--sync</option> <parameter>TID:d<optional>,o<optional>/p</optional></optional></parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1124
msgid "Adjust the timecodes of the track with the id <parameter>TID</parameter> by <parameter>d</parameter> ms. The track IDs are the same as the ones given with <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>)."
msgstr "将 id 为 <parameter>TID</parameter> 的轨道的时间码按 <parameter>d</parameter> ms 进行调整。轨道 ID 与 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> 所给出的相同 (参见 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">轨道 ID</link> 段落)。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1130
msgid "<parameter>o</parameter>/<parameter>p</parameter>: adjust the timestamps by <parameter>o</parameter>/<parameter>p</parameter> to fix linear drifts. <parameter>p</parameter> defaults to 1 if omitted. Both <parameter>o</parameter> and <parameter>p</parameter> can be floating point numbers."
msgstr "<parameter>o</parameter>/<parameter>p</parameter>: 按 <parameter>o</parameter>/<parameter>p</parameter> 调整时间戳以修复线性偏移。如果省略 <parameter>p</parameter> 则默认为 1。<parameter>o</parameter> 与 <parameter>p</parameter> 均可为浮点数。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1136
msgid "Defaults: no manual sync correction (which is the same as <parameter>d</parameter> = <constant>0</constant> and <parameter>o</parameter>/<parameter>p</parameter> = <constant>1.0</constant>)."
msgstr "默认: 无手动同步校正 (与 <parameter>d</parameter> = <constant>0</constant> 及 <parameter>o</parameter>/<parameter>p</parameter> = <constant>1.0</constant> 效果相同)。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1141
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1163
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1180
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1194
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1230
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1470
msgid "This option can be used multiple times for an input file applying to several tracks by selecting different track IDs each time."
msgstr "此选项可以对同一输入文件多次使用，通过每次选择不同轨道 ID 分别应用到多个轨道。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1147
msgid "<option>--cues</option> <parameter>TID:none|iframes|all</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--cues</option> <parameter>TID:none|iframes|all</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1150
msgid "Controls for which tracks cue (index) entries are created for the given track (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>). '<literal>none</literal>' inhibits the creation of cue entries.  For '<literal>iframes</literal>' only blocks with no backward or forward references ( = I frames in video tracks) are put into the cue sheet. '<literal>all</literal>' causes &mkvmerge; to create cue entries for all blocks which will make the file very big."
msgstr "控制为指定轨道 (参阅 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">轨道 ID</link> 段落) 创建何种 cue 索引。'<literal>none（无）</literal>' 将阻止 cue 索引的创建。 而 '<literal>iframes（仅 i 帧）</literal>' 表示仅将没有前后参考的块 ( = 视频轨道中的 I 帧) 置于 cue 索引项中。'<literal>all（全部）</literal>' 将使 &mkvmerge; 为所有区块创建索引，会使生成的文件非常大。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1157
msgid "The default is '<literal>iframes</literal>' for video tracks and '<literal>none</literal>' for all others.  See also option <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.no_cues\"><option>--no-cues</option></link> which inhibits the creation of cue entries regardless of the <option>--cues</option> options used."
msgstr "默认视频轨为 '<literal>iframes（仅 i 帧）</literal>'，其他所有轨道均为  '<literal>none（无）</literal>'. 参见不论是否使用 <option>--cues</option> 选项时都能阻止创建 cue 索引项的 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.no_cues\"><option>--no-cues</option></link> 选项。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1169
msgid "<option>--default-track</option> <parameter>TID<optional>:bool</optional></parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--default-track</option> <parameter>TID<optional>:bool</optional></parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1172
msgid "Sets the 'default' flag for the given track (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>) if the optional argument <parameter>bool</parameter> is not present.  If the user does not explicitly select a track himself then the player should prefer the track that has his 'default' flag set. Only one track of each kind (audio, video, subtitles, buttons) can have his 'default' flag set.  If the user wants no track to have the default track flag set then he has to set <parameter>bool</parameter> to <constant>0</constant> for all tracks."
msgstr "当为设定可选变量 <parameter>bool</parameter> 时为指定轨道 (参见 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">轨道 ID</link> 段落) 设置 '默认轨' 标记。 当用户未明确选定一个轨道时，播放器将优先选用设有 '默认轨' 标记的轨道。各类 (音频、视频、字幕、按钮) 轨道只能有一条设置 '默认轨' 标记。 如果用户希望所有轨道都不被设置默认轨标记，可以将所有轨道的 <parameter>bool</parameter> 设为 <constant>0</constant>。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1186
msgid "<option>--forced-track</option> <parameter>TID<optional>:bool</optional></parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--forced-track</option> <parameter>TID<optional>:bool</optional></parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1189
msgid "Sets the 'forced' flag for the given track (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>) if the optional argument <parameter>bool</parameter> is not present. A player must play all tracks for which this flag is set to <constant>1</constant>."
msgstr "若未给出可选参数 <parameter>bool</parameter>，则为指定轨道 (参见 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">轨道 ID</link> 段落) 设置“强制轨”标记。播放器必须播放“强制轨”标记为 <constant>1</constant> 的所有轨道。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1200
msgid "<option>--blockadd</option> <parameter>TID:level</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--blockadd</option> <parameter>TID:层级</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1203
msgid "Keep only the <classname>BlockAdditions</classname> up to the level <parameter>level</parameter> for the given track.  The default is to keep all levels.  This option only affects certain kinds of codecs like WAVPACK4."
msgstr "只保留选定轨道中高达 <parameter>层级</parameter> 层级的 <classname>BlockAdditions</classname> 附加块。 默认保留所有层级。 此选项只影响特定类型的编解码器，如 WAVPACK4。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1210
msgid "<option>--track-name</option> <parameter>TID:name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--track-name</option> <parameter>TID:名称</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1213
msgid "Sets the track name for the given track (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>) to <parameter>name</parameter>."
msgstr "将指定轨道 (参见 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">轨道 ID</link> 段落) 的轨道名称设为 <parameter>名称</parameter>。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1220
msgid "<option>--language</option> <parameter>TID:language</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--language</option> <parameter>TID:语言</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1223
msgid "Sets the language for the given track (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>). Both ISO639-2 language codes and ISO639-1 country codes are allowed. The country codes will be converted to language codes automatically.  All languages including their ISO639-2 codes can be listed with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.list_languages\"><option>--list-languages</option></link> option."
msgstr "为指定轨道 (参见 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">轨道 ID</link>) 设置语言。允许使用 ISO639-2 语言代码与 ISO639-1 国家代码。国家代码将被自动转换为语言代码。 可以使用 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.list_languages\"><option>--list-languages</option></link> 选项列出所有语言以及它们的 ISO639-2 代码。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1236
msgid "<option>-t</option>, <option>--tags</option> <parameter>TID:file-name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-t</option>, <option>--tags</option> <parameter>TID:文件名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1239
msgid "Read tags for the track with the number <parameter>TID</parameter> from the file <parameter>file-name</parameter>. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.tags\">tags</link> below for details."
msgstr "从文件 <parameter>文件名</parameter> 读取轨道号为 <parameter>TID</parameter> 的轨道的标签。详情参见下文 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.tags\">标签</link> 段落。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1246
msgid "<option>--aac-is-sbr</option> <parameter>TID<optional>:0|1</optional></parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--aac-is-sbr</option> <parameter>TID<optional>:0|1</optional></parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1249
msgid "Tells &mkvmerge; that the track with the ID <parameter>TID</parameter> is <abbrev>SBR AAC</abbrev> (also known as <abbrev>HE-AAC</abbrev> or <abbrev>AAC+</abbrev>). This options is needed if a) the source file is an <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> file (<emphasis>not</emphasis> for a &matroska; file) and b) the <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> file contains <abbrev>SBR AAC</abbrev> data.  The reason for this switch is that it is technically impossible to automatically tell normal <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> data from <abbrev>SBR AAC</abbrev> data without decoding a complete <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> frame. As there are several patent issues with <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> decoders &mkvmerge; will never contain this decoding stage. So for <abbrev>SBR AAC</abbrev> files this switch is mandatory. The resulting file might not play back correctly or even not at all if the switch was omitted."
msgstr "告诉 &mkvmerge; ID 为 <parameter>TID</parameter> 的轨道是 <abbrev>SBR AAC</abbrev> (亦作 <abbrev>HE-AAC</abbrev> 或 <abbrev>AAC+</abbrev>)。下述情况下需要此选项：a) 源文件是 <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> 文件 (<emphasis>不是</emphasis> &matroska; 文件) 且 b) 该 <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> 文件含有 <abbrev>SBR AAC</abbrev> 数据。 设置此开关的原因是目前技术上无法在不解码一个完整的 <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> 帧的情况下自动分辨普通的 <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> 数据与 <abbrev>SBR AAC</abbrev> 数据。由于 <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> 解码器的诸多专利问题，&mkvmerge; 永远不会包含此解码层。因此此开关对于 <abbrev>SBR AAC</abbrev> 文件是必需的。如果忽略了此开关，生成的文件可能无法正常回放，甚至可能根本无法播放。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1259
msgid "If the source file is a &matroska; file then the <classname>CodecID</classname> should be enough to detect <abbrev>SBR AAC</abbrev>. However, if the <classname>CodecID</classname> is wrong then this switch can be used to correct that."
msgstr "如果源文件是 &matroska; 文件，则已有足够侦测 <abbrev>SBR AAC</abbrev> 的 <classname>CodecID</classname> 了。然而，如果 <classname>CodecID</classname> 标注错误，此开关可用于更正之。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1264
msgid "If mkvmerge wrongfully detects that an <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> file is <abbrev>SBR</abbrev> then you can add '<literal>:0</literal>' to the track ID."
msgstr "如果 mkvmerge 错将 <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> 文件侦测为 <abbrev>SBR</abbrev>，您可以将 '<literal>:0</literal>' 添加到轨道 ID。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1271
msgid "<option>--timecodes</option> <parameter>TID:file-name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--timecodes</option> <parameter>TID:文件名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1274
msgid "Read the timecodes to be used for the specific track ID from <parameter>file-name</parameter>.  These timecodes forcefully override the timecodes that &mkvmerge; normally calculates. Read the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.external_timecode_files\">external timecode files</link>."
msgstr "从 <parameter>文件名</parameter> 读取要应用到指定轨道 ID 的时间码。 这些时间码将强制覆盖 &mkvmerge; 默认计算出的时间码。参阅关于 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.external_timecode_files\">外部时间码文件</link> 的章节。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1282
msgid "<option>--default-duration</option> <parameter>TID:x</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--default-duration</option> <parameter>TID:x</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1285
msgid "Forces the default duration of a given track to the specified value.  Also modifies the track's timecodes to match the default duration.  The argument <parameter>x</parameter> must be postfixed with '<literal>s</literal>', '<literal>ms</literal>', '<literal>us</literal>', '<literal>ns</literal>', '<literal>fps</literal>', '<literal>p</literal>' or '<literal>i</literal>' to specify the default duration in seconds, milliseconds, microseconds, nanoseconds, 'frames per second', 'progressive frames per second' or 'interlaced frames per second' respectively. The number <parameter>x</parameter> itself can be a floating point number or a fraction."
msgstr "强制指定轨道的默认时长为指定数值。 将同时修改轨道的时间码以匹配该默认时长。 变量 <parameter>x</parameter> 必须有 '<literal>s</literal>', '<literal>ms</literal>', '<literal>us</literal>', '<literal>ns</literal>', '<literal>fps</literal>', '<literal>p</literal>' 或 '<literal>i</literal>' 作为后缀，分别以秒、毫秒、微秒、纳秒、“帧每秒”、“逐行帧每秒”或“隔行帧每秒”为单位指定默认时长。数字 <parameter>x</parameter> 本身可为浮点数或分数。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1294
msgid "If the default duration is not forced then mkvmerge will try to derive the track's default duration from the container and/or the encoded bitstream for certain track types, e.g. AVC/h.264 or MPEG-2."
msgstr "如果未强制指定默认时长，mkvmerge 将尝试继承容器中（及/或特定轨道类型，如 AVC/h.264 或 MPEG-2 已编码的位流中）该轨道的默认时长。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1299
msgid "This option can also be used to change the <abbrev>FPS</abbrev> of video tracks without having to use an external timecode file."
msgstr "此选项也可用于在不使用外部时间码文件的情况下更改视频轨的 <abbrev>FPS（帧率）</abbrev>。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1305
msgid "<option>--fix-bitstream-timing-information</option> <parameter>TID<optional>:0|1</optional></parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--fix-bitstream-timing-information</option> <parameter>TID<optional>:0|1</optional></parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1308
msgid "Normally &mkvmerge; does not change the timing information (frame/field rate) stored in the video bitstream. With this option that information is adjusted to match the container timing information. The container timing information can come from various sources: from the command line (see option <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.default_duration\"><option>--default-duration</option></link>), the source container or derived from the bitstream."
msgstr "通常 &mkvmerge; 不会更改视频位流中存储的时间同步信息 (帧/场速率)。本选项可调整此信息，使之与容器的时间同步信息匹配。容器时间同步信息可从多个来源得到: 命令行指定 (参见 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.default_duration\"><option>--default-duration</option></link> 选项)、源容器或从位流得出。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><note><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1315
msgid "This has only been implemented for AVC/h.264 video tracks so far."
msgstr "目前仅完成对 AVC/h.264 视频轨的实现。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1321
msgid "<option>--nalu-size-length</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--nalu-size-length</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1324
msgid "Forces the <abbrev>NALU</abbrev> size length to <parameter>n</parameter> bytes.  This parameter is only used if the <foreignphrase>AVC/h.264</foreignphrase> elementary stream packetizer is used.  If left out it defaults to 4 bytes, but there are files that contain frames or slices that are all smaller than 65536 bytes.  For such files you can use this parameter and decrease the size to 2."
msgstr "强制 <abbrev>NALU</abbrev> 长度为 <parameter>n</parameter> 字节。 此变量仅当使用 <foreignphrase>AVC/h.264</foreignphrase> 基本流分包器时使用。 如果留空，则默认为 4 字节，然而有的文件包含的所有帧或切片都小于 65536 字节。 对此类文件您可以使用此参数并将长度降为 2。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1333
msgid "<option>--compression</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--compression</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1336
msgid "Selects the compression method to be used for the track. Note that the player also has to support this method. Valid values are '<literal>none</literal>', '<literal>zlib</literal>', '<literal>lzo</literal>'/'<literal>lxo1x</literal>', '<literal>bz2</literal>'/'<literal>bzlib</literal>' and '<literal>mpeg4_p2</literal>'/'<literal>mpeg4p2</literal>'.  The values '<literal>lzo</literal>'/'<literal>lxo1x</literal>' and '<literal>bz2</literal>'/'<literal>bzlib</literal>' are only available if &mkvmerge; has been compiled with support for the <productname>liblzo</productname> and <productname>bzlib</productname> compression libraries, respectively."
msgstr "选择用于该轨道的压缩方式。注意播放器也得支持该方式。有效的值有 '<literal>none（无压缩）</literal>'、'<literal>zlib</literal>'、'<literal>lzo</literal>'/'<literal>lxo1x</literal>'、'<literal>bz2</literal>'/'<literal>bzlib</literal>' 与 '<literal>mpeg4_p2</literal>'/'<literal>mpeg4p2</literal>'。值 '<literal>lzo</literal>'/'<literal>lxo1x</literal>' 与 '<literal>bz2</literal>'/'<literal>bzlib</literal>' 仅当 &mkvmerge; 分别附加相应的 <productname>liblzo</productname> 和 <productname>bzlib</productname> 压缩库编译时有效。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1344
msgid "The compression method '<literal>mpeg4_p2</literal>'/'<literal>mpeg4p2</literal>' is a special compression method called '<foreignphrase>header removal</foreignphrase>' that is only available for <abbrev>MPEG4</abbrev> part 2 video tracks."
msgstr "压缩方式 '<literal>mpeg4_p2</literal>'/'<literal>mpeg4p2</literal>' 是一种称为 '<foreignphrase>去头</foreignphrase>' 的特殊压缩方式，只对 <abbrev>MPEG4</abbrev> part 2 视频轨可用。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1348
msgid "The default for some subtitle tracks is '<literal>zlib</literal>' compression. This compression method is also the one that most if not all playback applications support. Support for other compression methods other than '<literal>none</literal>' is not assured."
msgstr "部分字幕轨的默认值为 '<literal>zlib</literal>' 压缩。此压缩方式也是大部分（如果不是所有）回放应用程序都支持的压缩方式。无法保证对除 '<literal>none（无压缩）</literal>' 以外的其他压缩方式的支持。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1357
msgid "Options that only apply to video tracks"
msgstr "仅用于视频轨的选项"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1361
msgid "<option>-f</option>, <option>--fourcc</option> <parameter>TID:FourCC</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-f</option>, <option>--fourcc</option> <parameter>TID:FourCC</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1364
msgid "Forces the <classname>FourCC</classname> to the specified value. Works only for video tracks in the '<foreignphrase>MS compatibility mode</foreignphrase>'."
msgstr "强制 <classname>FourCC</classname> 为指定值。仅对 '<foreignphrase>微软兼容模式</foreignphrase>' 的视频轨有效。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1371
msgid "<option>--display-dimensions</option> <parameter>TID:widthxheight</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--display-dimensions</option> <parameter>TID:宽度x高度</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1374
msgid "&matroska; files contain two values that set the display properties that a player should scale the image on playback to: display width and display height.  These values can be set with this option, e.g. '<literal>1:640x480</literal>'."
msgstr "&matroska; 文件含有两个设定播放器回放时应当将画面缩放到的显示属性值: 显示宽度与显示高度。 可以使用本选项设定这些数值，如 '<literal>1:640x480</literal>'。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1379
msgid "Another way to specify the values is to use the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.aspect_ratio\"><option>--aspect-ratio</option></link> or the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.aspect_ratio_factor\"><option>--aspect-ratio-factor</option></link> option (see below).  These options are mutually exclusive."
msgstr "指定所用数值的其他方法是使用 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.aspect_ratio\"><option>--aspect-ratio</option></link> 或 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.aspect_ratio_factor\"><option>--aspect-ratio-factor</option></link> 选项 (参见下文)。 这些选项是互相独立的。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1388
msgid "<option>--aspect-ratio</option> <parameter>TID:ratio|width/height</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--aspect-ratio</option> <parameter>TID:宽高比|宽度/高度</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1391
msgid "&matroska; files contain two values that set the display properties that a player should scale the image on playback to: display width and display height.  With this option &mkvmerge; will automatically calculate the display width and display height based on the image's original width and height and the aspect ratio given with this option.  The ratio can be given either as a floating point number <parameter>ratio</parameter> or as a fraction '<parameter>width</parameter>/<parameter>height</parameter>', e.g. '<literal>16/9</literal>'."
msgstr "&matroska; 文件含有两个设定播放器回放时应当将画面缩放到的显示属性值: 显示宽度与显示高度。 通过本选项 &mkvmerge; 可自动根据画面原始宽高和本选项给定的宽高比计算出显示宽度和显示高度。 宽高比可以以浮点数 <parameter>宽高比</parameter> 或分数 '<parameter>宽度</parameter>/<parameter>高度</parameter>' 的形式给出，如 '<literal>16/9</literal>'。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1399
msgid "Another way to specify the values is to use the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.aspect_ratio_factor\"><option>--aspect-ratio-factor</option></link> or <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.display_dimensions\"><option>--display-dimensions</option></link> options (see above and below). These options are mutually exclusive."
msgstr "指定所用数值的其他方法是使用 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.aspect_ratio_factor\"><option>--aspect-ratio-factor</option></link> 或 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.display_dimensions\"><option>--display-dimensions</option></link> 选项 (参见上下文)。这些选项相互独立。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1408
msgid "<option>--aspect-ratio-factor</option> <parameter>TID:factor|n/d</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--aspect-ratio-factor</option> <parameter>TID:系数|n/d</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1411
msgid "Another way to set the aspect ratio is to specify a <parameter>factor</parameter>. The original aspect ratio is first multiplied with this <parameter>factor</parameter> and used as the target aspect ratio afterwards."
msgstr "另一种设置宽高比的方法是指定一个 <parameter>系数</parameter>。将将原始宽高比与 <parameter>系数</parameter> 相乘后用作目标宽高比。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1416
msgid "Another way to specify the values is to use the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.aspect_ratio\"><option>--aspect-ratio</option></link> or <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.display_dimensions\"><option>--display-dimensions</option></link> options (see above). These options are mutually exclusive."
msgstr "指定所用数值的其他方法是使用 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.aspect_ratio\"><option>--aspect-ratio</option></link> 或 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.display_dimensions\"><option>--display-dimensions</option></link> 选项 (参见上文)。这些选项互相独立。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1425
msgid "<option>--cropping</option> <parameter>TID:left,top,right,bottom</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--cropping</option> <parameter>TID:左,上,右,下</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1428
msgid "Sets the pixel cropping parameters of a video track to the given values."
msgstr "将视频轨道的像素裁减参数设为指定数值。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1434
msgid "<option>--stereo-mode</option> <parameter>TID:n|keyword</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--stereo-mode</option> <parameter>TID:n|关键词</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1437
msgid "Sets the stereo mode for the video track with the track ID <parameter>TID</parameter>.  The mode can either be a number <parameter>n</parameter> between <constant>0</constant> and <constant>14</constant> or one of these keywords:"
msgstr "设置轨道 ID 为 <parameter>TID</parameter> 的轨道的立体模式。 模式可以为介于 <constant>0</constant> 与 <constant>14</constant> 的数字 <parameter>n</parameter> 或这些关键词之一:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1442
msgid "'<literal>mono</literal>', '<literal>side_by_side_left_first</literal>', '<literal>top_bottom_right_first</literal>', '<literal>top_bottom_left_first</literal>', '<literal>checkerboard_right_first</literal>', '<literal>checkerboard_left_first</literal>', '<literal>row_interleaved_right_first</literal>', '<literal>row_interleaved_left_first</literal>', '<literal>column_interleaved_right_first</literal>', '<literal>column_interleaved_left_first</literal>', '<literal>anaglyph_cyan_red</literal>', '<literal>side_by_side_right_first</literal>', '<literal>anaglyph_green_magenta</literal>', '<literal>both_eyes_laced_left_first</literal>', '<literal>both_eyes_laced_right_first</literal>'."
msgstr "'<literal>mono</literal>'、'<literal>side_by_side_left_first</literal>'、'<literal>top_bottom_right_first</literal>'、'<literal>top_bottom_left_first</literal>'、'<literal>checkerboard_right_first</literal>'、'<literal>checkerboard_left_first</literal>'、'<literal>row_interleaved_right_first</literal>'、'<literal>row_interleaved_left_first</literal>'、'<literal>column_interleaved_right_first</literal>'、'<literal>column_interleaved_left_first</literal>'、'<literal>anaglyph_cyan_red</literal>'、'<literal>side_by_side_right_first</literal>'、'<literal>anaglyph_green_magenta</literal>'、'<literal>both_eyes_laced_left_first</literal>'、'<literal>both_eyes_laced_right_first</literal>'。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1456
msgid "Options that only apply to text subtitle tracks"
msgstr "仅适用于文本字幕轨道的选项"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1460
msgid "<option>--sub-charset</option> <parameter>TID:character-set</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--sub-charset</option> <parameter>TID:字符集</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1463
msgid "Sets the character set for the conversion to UTF-8 for UTF-8 subtitles for the given track ID. If not specified the charset will be derived from the current locale settings. Note that a charset is not needed for subtitles read from &matroska; files or from Kate streams, as these are always stored in UTF-8. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.text_files_and_charsets\"> text files and character sets</link> for an explanation how &mkvmerge; converts between character sets."
msgstr "为指定轨道 ID 指定所用字符集，用以转为 UTF-8 编码的 UTF-8 字幕。如果未指定字符集，则将根据当前区域设置推算字符集。注意对于从 &matroska; 文件或 Kate 流中读取的字幕不必指定字符集，因为在这些格式中已使用 UTF-8 编码储存。关于 &mkvmerge; 如何在字符集间进行转换的说明请参见关于 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.text_files_and_charsets\"> 文本文件与字符集</link> 的段落。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1478
msgid "Other options"
msgstr "其他选项"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1482
msgid "<option>-i</option>, <option>--identify</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-i</option>, <option>--identify</option> <parameter>文件名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1485
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1495
msgid "Will let &mkvmerge; probe the single file and report its type, the tracks contained in the file and their track IDs. If this option is used then the only other option allowed is the filename."
msgstr "将使 &mkvmerge; 探查单个文件并报告其类型、文件中包含的轨道及其轨道 ID。如果使用了本选项，唯一可用的其他选项就是文件名。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1492
msgid "<option>-I</option>, <option>--identify-verbose</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-I</option>, <option>--identify-verbose</option> <parameter>文件名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1500
msgid "This option causes &mkvmerge; to output additional information about the container and each track within. The extra information is surronded by square brackets. It consists of space-saparated key/value pairs where keys and values are separated by a colon."
msgstr "此选项可让 &mkvmerge; 输出关于容器及其中的轨道的额外信息。额外信息由方括号围绕。它包含空格分隔的键/值对，其中键与值由冒号分隔。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1505
msgid "Each value is escaped according to the rules described in <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.escaping\">the section about escaping special characters in text</link>."
msgstr "各值按 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.escaping\">关于文本中特殊字符的转义的段落</link> 中描述的规则转义。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1512
msgid "<option>-l</option>, <option>--list-types</option>"
msgstr "<option>-l</option>, <option>--list-types</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1515
msgid "Lists supported input file types."
msgstr "列出受支持的输入文件类型。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1521
msgid "<option>--list-languages</option>"
msgstr "<option>--list-languages</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1524
msgid "Lists all languages and their ISO639-2 code which can be used with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.language\"><option>--language</option></link> option."
msgstr "列出所有语言及其 ISO639-2 代码，这些代码可以在 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.language\"><option>--language</option></link> 选项中使用。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1531
msgid "<option>--priority</option> <parameter>priority</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--priority</option> <parameter>优先级</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1534
msgid "Sets the process priority that &mkvmerge; runs with. Valid values are '<literal>lowest</literal>', '<literal>lower</literal>', '<literal>normal</literal>', '<literal>higher</literal>' and '<literal>highest</literal>'. If nothing is given then '<literal>normal</literal>' is used. On Unix like systems &mkvmerge; will use the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nice</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> function. Therefore only the super user can use '<literal>higher</literal>' and '<literal>highest</literal>'. On Windows all values are useable for every user."
msgstr "设置 &mkvmerge; 运行时的进程优先级。有效的值为 '<literal>lowest（最低）</literal>', '<literal>lower（较低）</literal>', '<literal>normal（普通）</literal>', '<literal>higher（较高）</literal>' 与 '<literal>highest（最高）</literal>'。如果未予设定，则使用 '<literal>normal（普通优先级）</literal>'。在 类-Unix 系统中 &mkvmerge; 将使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nice</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> 功能。因此只有超级用户才能使用 '<literal>higher（较高优先级）</literal>' 与 '<literal>highest（最高优先级）</literal>'。对于 Windows 用户来说所有值都可用。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1541
msgid "Selecting '<literal>lowest</literal>' also causes &mkvmerge; to select idle I/O priority in addition to the lowest possible process priority."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1550
msgid "Sets the character set to convert strings given on the command line from. It defaults to the character set given by system's current locale. This settings applies to arguments of the following options: <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.title\"><option>--title</option></link>, <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.track_name\"><option>--track-name</option></link> and <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attachment_description\"><option>--attachment-description</option></link>."
msgstr "设定在命令行给出的字符串的字符集，用于转为其他字符集。默认为系统当前区域设置中所给定的字符集。此设置将应用到以下选项的变量: <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.title\"><option>--title</option></link>、<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.track_name\"><option>--track-name</option></link> 及 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attachment_description\"><option>--attachment-description</option></link>。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1573
msgid "Writes all messages to the file <parameter>file-name</parameter> instead of to the console.  While this can be done easily with output redirection there are cases in which this option is needed: when the terminal reinterprets the output before writing it to a file.  The character set set with <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> is honored."
msgstr "将所有信息输出至文件 <parameter>文件名</parameter> 而不是在命令行显示。 尽管该操作可以用输出重定向轻松实现，但在某些情况下还需要靠它：如当终端在写入文件之前重新解释（覆盖输出）时。 将优先使用通过 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> 设定的字符集。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1584
msgid "Forces the translations for the language <parameter>code</parameter> to be used (e.g.  '<literal>de_DE</literal>' for the German translations). It is preferable to use the environment variables <varname>LANG</varname>, <varname>LC_MESSAGES</varname> and <varname>LC_ALL</varname> though. Entering '<literal>list</literal>' as the <parameter>code</parameter> will cause &mkvmerge; to output a list of available translations."
msgstr "强制使用语言代码为 <parameter>语言代码</parameter> 的翻译（如  '<literal>de_DE</literal>' 对应德文翻译）。使用 <varname>LANG</varname>, <varname>LC_MESSAGES</varname> 及 <varname>LC_ALL</varname> 这些环境变量更好。如果在 <parameter>语言代码</parameter> 处输入 '<literal>list</literal>'，&mkvmerge; 将输出可用翻译列表。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1605
msgid "Turn on experimental features. A list of available features can be requested with <command>mkvmerge --engage list</command>. These features are not meant to be used in normal situations."
msgstr "开启实验性功能。可用功能列表可通过 <command>mkvmerge --engage list</command> 得到。这些功能在正常情况下不应该使用。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1615
msgid "Reads additional command line arguments from the file <parameter>options-file</parameter>. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.option_files\">option files</link> for further information."
msgstr "从文件 <parameter>选项文件</parameter> 读取其他命令行参数。更多信息请参见关于 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.option_files\">选项文件</link> 的段落。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1622
msgid "<option>--capabilities</option>"
msgstr "<option>--capabilities</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1625
msgid "Lists information about optional features that have been compiled in and exit. The first line output will be the version information. All following lines contain exactly one word whose presence indicates that the feature has been compiled in. These features are:"
msgstr "列出编译时附加的可选功能并退出。输出信息的第一行是版本信息。接下来的每行包含一个单词，各单词的出现意味着编译时附加了相应功能。这些功能包括："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1633
msgid "'<literal>BZ2</literal>' -- the <productname>bzlib</productname> compression library. Affects the available compression methods for the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.compression\"><option>--compression</option></link> option."
msgstr "'<literal>BZ2</literal>' -- <productname>bzlib</productname> 压缩库。影响 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.compression\"><option>--compression</option></link> 选项可用的压缩方式。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1640
msgid "'<literal>LZO</literal>' -- the <productname>lzo</productname> compression library. Affects the available compression methods for the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.compression\"><option>--compression</option></link> option."
msgstr "'<literal>LZO</literal>' -- <productname>lzo</productname> 压缩库。影响 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.compression\"><option>--compression</option></link> 选项可用的压缩方式。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1647
msgid "'<literal>FLAC</literal>' -- reading raw <abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> files and handling <abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> tracks in other containers, e.g. <productname>Ogg</productname> or &matroska;."
msgstr "'<literal>FLAC</literal>' -- 读取原始 <abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> 文件，以及处理其他容器中的 <abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> 轨道，例如 <productname>Ogg</productname> 或 &matroska; 容器中的。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1699
msgid "Usage"
msgstr "用法"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1701
msgid "For each file the user can select which tracks &mkvmerge; should take.  They are all put into the file specified with <option>-o</option>. A list of known (and supported) source formats can be obtained with the <option>-l</option> option."
msgstr "用户可以选择各文件中 &mkvmerge; 应该使用的轨道。它们都将被封装到 <option>-o</option>所指定的文件中。可通过 <option>-l</option> 选项获取已知（且受支持的）来源格式列表。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1714
msgid "Option order"
msgstr "选项顺序"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1717
msgid "The order in which options are entered is important for some options. Options fall into two categories:"
msgstr "输入选项的顺序对一些选项很重要。选项可归为两类:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1723
msgid "Options that affect the whole program and are not tied to any input file. These include but are not limited to <option>--command-line-charset</option>, <option>--output</option> or <option>--title</option>. These can appear anywhere on the command line."
msgstr "影响整个程序的选项不与任何输入文件有关。这些选项包括但不限于 <option>--command-line-charset</option>、<option>--output</option> 或 <option>--title</option>。这些选项可在命令行的任意位置出现。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1731
msgid "Options that affect a single input file or a single track in an input file. These options all apply to the following input file on the command line. All options applying to the same input (or to tracks from the same input file) file can be written in any order as long as they all appear before that input file's name. Examples for options applying to an input file are <option>--no-chapters</option> or <option>--chapter-charset</option>. Examples for options applying to a single track are <option>--default-duration</option> or <option>--language</option>."
msgstr "影响单个输入文件或输入文件中的单个轨道的选项。这些选项均应用到命令行中接着的输入文件。所有应用到同一输入文件（或其轨道）的选项可以以任意顺序书写，只要都出现在该输入文件名之前。应用到输入文件的选项如 <option>--no-chapters</option> 或 <option>--chapter-charset</option>。应用到单个轨道的选项如 <option>--default-duration</option> 或 <option>--language</option>。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1741
msgid "The options are processed from left to right. If an option appears multiple times within the same scope then the last occurence will be used. Therefore the title will be set to &quot;Something else&quot; in the following example:"
msgstr "选项从左向右处理。如果同一个选项在同一范围内出现多次，将使用最后一次给出的参数。因此在下面的例子中，标题将被设为 &quot;其他东东&quot;:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1745
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o output.mkv --title 'This and that' input.avi --title 'Something else'"
msgstr "$ mkvmerge -o 输出.mkv --title '这个内个' input.avi --title '其他东东'"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1748
msgid "The following example shows that using the <option>--language</option> option twice is OK because they're used in different scopes. Even though they apply to the same track ID they apply to different input files and therefore have different scopes:"
msgstr "下面的例子中可以两次使用 <option>--language</option> 选项，因为在不同范围内使用。尽管应用到同一轨道 ID，但应用到的是不同的输入文件，因此属于不同范围:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1752
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o output.mkv --language 0:fre français.ogg --language 0:deu deutsch.ogg"
msgstr "$ mkvmerge -o 输出.mkv --language 0:fre 法语.ogg --language 0:deu 德语.ogg"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1756
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:582
msgid "Examples"
msgstr "示例"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1758
msgid "Let's assume you have a file called MyMovie.avi and the audio track in a separate file, e.g. '<literal>MyMovie.wav</literal>'. First you want to encode the audio to &oggvorbis;:"
msgstr "假定您有个名为 我的影片.avi 的文件，以及分开存放的音频轨如 '<literal>我的影片.wav</literal>'。您希望先将音频编码为 &oggvorbis;:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1762
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ oggenc -q4 -oMyMovie.ogg MyMovie.wav"
msgstr "$ oggenc -q4 -o 我的影片.ogg 我的影片.wav"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1765
msgid "After a couple of minutes you can join video and audio:"
msgstr "几分钟后您就可以合并视频和音频了:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1768
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o MyMovie-with-sound.mkv MyMovie.avi MyMovie.ogg"
msgstr "$ mkvmerge -o 我的有声影片.mkv 我的影片.avi 我的影片.ogg"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1771
msgid "If your <abbrev>AVI</abbrev> already contains an audio track then it will be copied as well (if &mkvmerge; supports the audio format). To avoid that simply do"
msgstr "如果您的 <abbrev>AVI</abbrev> 文件已经含有一条音频轨，则将同时复制该轨道（只要 &mkvmerge; 支持该音频格式）。要避免此状况，只需要这样"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1775
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o MyMovie-with-sound.mkv -A MyMovie.avi MyMovie.ogg"
msgstr "$ mkvmerge -o 我的有声影片.mkv -A 我的影片.avi 我的影片.ogg"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1778
msgid "After some minutes of consideration you rip another audio track, e.g.  the director's comments or another language to '<literal>MyMovie-add-audio.wav</literal>'.  Encode it again and join it up with the other file:"
msgstr "又过了几分钟，您又制作了另一条音频轨，如 导演评论或者是另一种语言的配音，您生成的文件名是 '<literal>我影片的另一音轨.wav</literal>'。 再进行一次编码操作，然后将其合并:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1782
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ oggenc -q4 -oMyMovie-add-audio.ogg MyMovie-add-audio.wav\n"
"$ mkvmerge -o MM-complete.mkv MyMovie-with-sound.mkv MyMovie-add-audio.ogg"
msgstr ""
"$ oggenc -q4 -o我影片的另一音轨 我影片的另一音轨.wav\n"
"$ mkvmerge -o 影片-成品.mkv 我的有声影片.mkv 我影片的另一音轨.ogg"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1786
msgid "The same result can be achieved with"
msgstr "照下面的做法结果相同"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1789
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o MM-complete.mkv -A MyMovie.avi MyMovie.ogg MyMovie-add-audio.ogg"
msgstr "$ mkvmerge -o 我的影片-成品.mkv -A 我的影片.avi 我的影片.ogg 我影片的另一音轨.ogg"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1792
msgid "Now fire up <productname>mplayer</productname> and enjoy. If you have multiple audio tracks (or even video tracks) then you can tell <productname>mplayer</productname> which track to play with the '<option>-vid</option>' and '<option>-aid</option>' options. These are 0-based and do not distinguish between video and audio."
msgstr "现在开启 <productname>mplayer</productname> 尽情享受吧。如果您有多条音频轨（或者甚至是视频轨），那么您可以通过 '<option>-vid</option>' 与 '<option>-aid</option>' 选项告诉 <productname>mplayer</productname> 应该播放哪些轨道。这些是基础功能，不区分视频与音频。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1798
msgid "If you need an audio track synchronized you can do that easily. First find out which track ID the Vorbis track has with"
msgstr "如果您需要同步音频轨，会非常容易。首先找清 Vorbis 轨道的轨道 ID"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1801
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge --identify outofsync.ogg"
msgstr "$ mkvmerge --identify 错开了的.ogg"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1804
msgid "Now you can use that ID in the following command line:"
msgstr "现在您可以在下述命令行中使用该 ID:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1807
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o goodsync.mkv -A source.avi -y 12345:200 outofsync.ogg"
msgstr "$ mkvmerge -o 同步了的.mkv -A 源.avi -y 12345:200 错开了的.ogg"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1810
msgid "This would add 200ms of silence at the beginning of the audio track with the ID <constant>12345</constant> taken from '<literal>outofsync.ogg</literal>'."
msgstr "这将在 '<literal>错开了的.ogg</literal>' 中 ID 为 <constant>12345</constant> 的音频轨的开头添加 200ms 的静音。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1815
msgid "Some movies start synced correctly but slowly drift out of sync. For these kind of movies you can specify a delay factor that is applied to all timestamps -- no data is added or removed. So if you make that factor too big or too small you'll get bad results. An example is that an episode I transcoded was <constant>0.2</constant> seconds out of sync at the end of the movie which was <constant>77340</constant> frames long. At <constant>29.97fps</constant> <constant>0.2</constant> seconds correspond to approx. <constant>6</constant> frames. So I did"
msgstr "有些影片在开头同步正常，但音画同步会慢慢偏离开。对此类影片您可以指定延时系数，该系数将被应用到所有时间戳 -- 不添加或移除任何数据。因此如果您所设定的系数过大或过小会造成很糟糕的结果。例如我转码的一期节目有 <constant>77340</constant> 帧长，在结尾处有 <constant>0.2</constant> 秒的同步偏离。在 <constant>29.97fps</constant> 帧率下大约是每 <constant>6</constant> 帧错开 <constant>0.2</constant> 秒。于是我这样操作"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1822
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o goodsync.mkv -y 23456:0,77346/77340 outofsync.mkv"
msgstr "$ mkvmerge -o 同步了的.mkv -y 23456:0,77346/77340 错开了的.mkv"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1825
msgid "The result was fine."
msgstr "搞定了。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1829
msgid "The sync options can also be used for subtitles in the same manner."
msgstr "同步选项对字幕同样起作用。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1833
msgid "For text subtitles you can either use some Windows software (like <productname>SubRipper</productname>) or the <productname>subrip</productname> package found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>transcode</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s sources in the '<literal>contrib/subrip</literal>' directory. The general process is:"
msgstr "对于文本字幕，您既可以选用一些 Windows 软件（如 <productname>SubRipper</productname>）或 '<literal>contrib/subrip</literal>' 目录  <citerefentry><refentrytitle>transcode</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 的源码中的 <productname>subrip</productname> 包。大体过程是这样的:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1841
msgid "extract a raw subtitle stream from the source:"
msgstr "从源文件中提取原始字幕流:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1842
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ tccat -i /path/to/copied/dvd/ -T 1 -L | tcextract -x ps1 -t vob -a 0x20 | subtitle2pgm -o mymovie"
msgstr "$ tccat -i /path/to/copied/dvd/ -T 1 -L | tcextract -x ps1 -t vob -a 0x20 | subtitle2pgm -o mymovie"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1846
msgid "convert the resulting PGM images to text with gocr:"
msgstr "使用 gocr 将生成的 PGM 图像转为文本:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1847
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ pgm2txt mymovie"
msgstr "$ pgm2txt mymovie"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1851
msgid "spell-check the resulting text files:"
msgstr "对生成的文本文件进行拼写检查:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1852
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ ispell -d american *txt"
msgstr "$ ispell -d american *txt"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1856
msgid "convert the text files to a SRT file:"
msgstr "将文本文件转为 SRT 文件:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1857
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ srttool -s -w -i mymovie.srtx -o mymovie.srt"
msgstr "$ srttool -s -w -i mymovie.srtx -o mymovie.srt"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1862
msgid "The resulting file can be used as another input file for &mkvmerge;:"
msgstr "这样生成的文件可用作 &mkvmerge; 的输入文件:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1865
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o mymovie.mkv mymovie.avi mymovie.srt"
msgstr "$ mkvmerge -o 我的影片.mkv 我的影片.avi 我的影片.srt"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1868
msgid "If you want to specify the language for a given track then this is easily done. First find out the ISO639-2 code for your language. &mkvmerge; can list all of those codes for you:"
msgstr "如果您希望为指定轨道指定语言，这将很容易完成。首先找到您所需语言的 ISO639-2 代码。&mkvmerge; 会为您列出所有代码:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1872
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge --list-languages"
msgstr "$ mkvmerge --list-languages"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1875
msgid "Search the list for the languages you need. Let's assume you have put two audio tracks into a &matroska; file and want to set their language codes and that their track IDs are 2 and 3. This can be done with"
msgstr "在列表中找到您所需的语言。假定您已在 &matroska; 文件中放入两条音轨，并希望设置它们的语言代码，两条轨道的轨道 ID 为 2 和 3。可以这样操作"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1879
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o with-lang-codes.mkv --language 2:ger --language 3:dut without-lang-codes.mkv"
msgstr "$ mkvmerge -o 含语言代码的.mkv --language 2:ger --language 3:dut 无语言代码的.mkv"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1882
msgid "As you can see you can use the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.language\"><option>--language</option></link> switch multiple times."
msgstr "如您所见，<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.language\"><option>--language</option></link> 开关可多次使用。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1886
msgid "Maybe you'd also like to have the player use the Dutch language as the default language. You also have extra subtitles, e.g. in English and French, and want to have the player display the French ones by default. This can be done with"
msgstr "或许您还想让荷兰语作为默认语言。您还有其他语言的字幕，如英语和法语的，并希望让播放器默认显示法语字幕。可以这样操作"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1890
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o with-lang-codes.mkv --language 2:ger --language 3:dut --default-track 3 without-lang-codes.mkv --language 0:eng english.srt --default-track 0 --language 0:fre french.srt"
msgstr "$ mkvmerge -o 含语言代码的.mkv --language 2:ger --language 3:dut --default-track 3 无语言代码的.mkv --language 0:eng 英语.srt --default-track 0 --language 0:fre 法语.srt"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1893
msgid "If you do not see the language or default track flags that you've specified in &mkvinfo;'s output then please read the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.default_values\">default values</link>."
msgstr "如果您在 &mkvinfo; 的输出信息中没找到您指定的语言或默认轨标记，请参阅关于 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.default_values\">默认值</link> 的段落。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1898
msgid "Turn off the compression for an input file."
msgstr "关闭针对某输入文件的压缩。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1901
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o no-compression.mkv --compression -1:none MyMovie.avi --compression -1:none mymovie.srt"
msgstr "$ mkvmerge -o 无压缩.mkv --compression -1:none 我的影片.avi --compression -1:none 我的影片.srt"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1906
msgid "Track IDs"
msgstr "轨道 ID"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1909
msgid "Some of the options for &mkvmerge; need a track ID to specify which track they should be applied to.  Those track IDs are printed by the readers when demuxing the current input file, or if &mkvmerge; is called with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> option.  An example for such output:"
msgstr "&mkvmerge; 的一些选项要求提供轨道 ID 以指定应应用到的轨道。 当读取器分离当前输入文件时，或者使用 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> 选项调用 &mkvmerge; 时这些轨道 ID 会被显示出来。此类输出的一个示例："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1914
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ mkvmerge -i v.mkv\n"
"File 'v.mkv': container: &matroska;\n"
"Track ID 1: video (V_MS/VFW/FOURCC, DIV3)\n"
"Track ID 2: audio (A_MPEG/L3)"
msgstr ""
"$ mkvmerge -i v.mkv\n"
"文件 'v.mkv': 容器: &matroska;\n"
"Track ID 1: 视频 (V_MS/VFW/FOURCC, DIV3)\n"
"Track ID 2: 音频 (A_MPEG/L3)"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1920
msgid "Do not confuse the track IDs that are assigned to the tracks that are placed in the output MKV file with the track IDs of the input files. Only the input file track IDs are used for options needing these values."
msgstr "不要混淆输出 MKV 文件时所分派的轨道 ID与输入文件的轨道 ID。只有输入文件的轨道 ID 可用于需要轨道 ID 值的选项。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1925
msgid "Also note that each input file has its own set of track IDs. Therefore the track IDs for file '<filename>file1.ext</filename>' as reported by '<literal>mkvmerge --identify</literal>' do not change no matter how many other input files are there or in which position '<filename>file1.ext</filename>' is used."
msgstr "还需注意，每个输入文件有其自己的一组轨道 ID。因此通过 '<literal>mkvmerge --identify</literal>' 报告的文件 '<filename>文件1.扩展名</filename>' 的轨道 ID 不随其他输入文件的数量或 '<filename>文件1.扩展名</filename>' 所用到的位置变化。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1931
msgid "Track IDs are assigned like this:"
msgstr "轨道 ID 通常这样分配："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1937
msgid "<abbrev>AVI</abbrev> files: The video track has the ID 0. The audio tracks get IDs in ascending order starting at 1."
msgstr "<abbrev>AVI</abbrev> 文件: 视频轨 ID 为 0。音频轨的 ID 由 1 开始升序分配。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1943
msgid "<abbrev>AAC</abbrev>, <abbrev>AC3</abbrev>, <abbrev>MP3</abbrev>, <abbrev>SRT</abbrev> and <abbrev>WAV</abbrev> files: The one 'track' in that file gets the ID 0."
msgstr "<abbrev>AAC</abbrev>、<abbrev>AC3</abbrev>、<abbrev>MP3</abbrev>、<abbrev>SRT</abbrev> 与 <abbrev>WAV</abbrev> 文件: 此类文件中唯一的 '轨道' 的 ID 为 0。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1950
msgid "Most other files: The track IDs are assigned in order the tracks are found in the file starting at 0."
msgstr "大多数其他文件: 轨道 ID 按在文件中被找到的顺序由 0 开始分配。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1956
msgid "The special track ID '<constant>-1</constant>' is a wild card and applies the given switch to all tracks that are read from an input file."
msgstr "特殊的轨道 ID '<constant>-1</constant>' 是个百搭号，它将使给定的开关应用到从输入文件中读到的所有轨道。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1961
msgid "The options that use the track IDs are the ones whose description contains '<literal>TID</literal>'.  The following options use track IDs as well: <option>--audio-tracks</option>, <option>--video-tracks</option>, <option>--subtitle-tracks</option>, <option>--button-tracks</option> and <option>--track-tags</option>."
msgstr "使用轨道 ID 的选项的描述中均含有 '<literal>TID</literal>'。此外下列选项也使用轨道 ID: <option>--audio-tracks</option>、<option>--video-tracks</option>、<option>--subtitle-tracks</option>、<option>--button-tracks</option> 以及 <option>--track-tags</option>。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1968
msgid "Text files and character set conversions"
msgstr "文本文件与字符集转换"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><note><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1971
msgid "This section applies to all programs in MKVToolNix even if it only mentions &mkvmerge;."
msgstr "此段落可应用到 MKVToolNix 中的所有程序，尽管该段仅提及了 &mkvmerge;。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1976
msgid "All text in a &matroska; file is encoded in UTF-8. This means that &mkvmerge; has to convert every text file it reads as well as every text given on the command line from one character set into UTF-8. In return this also means that &mkvmerge;'s output has to be converted back to that character set from UTF-8, e.g. if a non-English translation is used with <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.ui_language\"><option>--ui-language</option></link> or for text originating from a &matroska; file."
msgstr "&matroska; 文件中的所有文本均使用 UTF-8 编码。这意味着 &mkvmerge; 需要将读取到的文本文件以及从命令行收到的文本从其他字符集转换为 UTF-8。相反，这意味着 &mkvmerge; 的输出信息同样需要由 UTF-8 转回原来的字符集，例如来自 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.ui_language\"><option>--ui-language</option></link> 所选的非英语界面或来自 &matroska; 文件中的文本。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1983
msgid "&mkvmerge; does this conversion automatically based on the presence of a <foreignphrase>byte order marker</foreignphrase> (short: <abbrev>BOM</abbrev>) or the system's current locale. How the character set is inferred from the locale depends on the operating system that &mkvmerge; is run on."
msgstr "&mkvmerge; 根据是否有 <foreignphrase>字节顺序标记</foreignphrase> (英文缩写: <abbrev>BOM</abbrev>) 出现以及系统的当前区域来进行自动转换。如何根据区域推定字符集取决于 &mkvmerge; 所执行在的操作系统。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1989
msgid "Text files that start with a BOM are already encoded in one representation of UTF. &mkvmerge; supports the following five modes: UTF-8, UTF-16 Little and Big Endian, UTF-32 Little and Big Endian. Text files with a BOM are automatically converted to UTF-8. Any of the parameters that would otherwise set the character set for such a file (e.g. <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.sub_charset\"><option>--sub-charset</option></link>) is silently ignored."
msgstr "以 BOM 开头的文本文件已经使用一种 UTF 模式编码。&mkvmerge; 支持以下五种模式: UTF-8、UTF-16 小端序 及 大端序、UTF-32 小端序 及 大端序。含 BOM 的文本文件将被自动转换为 UTF-8。对此类文件设定字符集的参数 (如 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.sub_charset\"><option>--sub-charset</option></link>) 将被直接忽略，无通知。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1996
msgid "On Unix-like systems &mkvmerge; uses the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setlocale</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> system call which in turn uses the environment variables <varname>LANG</varname>, <varname>LC_ALL</varname> and <varname>LC_CYPE</varname>. The resulting character set is often one of UTF-8 or the ISO-8859-* family and is used for all text file operations and for encoding strings on the command line and for output to the console."
msgstr "在 类-Unix 系统 &mkvmerge; 将使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setlocale</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> 系统指令，它将返回环境变量 <varname>LANG</varname>、<varname>LC_ALL</varname> 及 <varname>LC_CYPE</varname>。输出的字符集通常是 UTF-8 或 ISO-8859-* 家族之一，将被用于所有文本文件操作以及编码命令行上的字符串和输出到命令行。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2003
msgid "On Windows there are actually two different character sets that &mkvmerge; uses due to the way the Windows shell program <command>cmd.exe</command> is implemented. The first character set is determined by a call to the <function>GetACP()</function> system call. This character set is used as the default for text file conversions and for all elements displayed by the <abbrev>GUI</abbrev> programs in the MKVToolNix package."
msgstr "在 Windows 平台上，&mkvmerge; 实际上使用两种不同的字符集，因为 Windows shell 程序 <command>cmd.exe</command> 的实现方式不同。第一个字符集通过调用 <function>GetACP()</function> 系统指令决定。此字符集用作文本文件转换和 MKVToolNix 工具包中 <abbrev>GUI</abbrev> 程序所显示的所有元素的默认字符集。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2010
msgid "Another charset may be used if <command>cmd.exe</command> is used. However, reading the command line is done with the <function>GetCommandLineW()</function> function which already returns a Unicode string. Therefore the option <option>--command-line-charset</option> is ignored on Windows.  Output to the console is done with the <function>WriteConsoleW()</function> function. Therefore the option <option>--output-charset</option> is only used on Windows if the output is redirected with <option>--redirect-output</option>."
msgstr "如果使用了 <command>cmd.exe</command>。则将使用其他字符集。然而，读取命令行所用的 <function>GetCommandLineW()</function> 函数返回的已经是 Unicode 字符串。因此 <option>--command-line-charset</option> 选项在 Windows 环境直接忽略。 输出到控制台由 <function>WriteConsoleW()</function> 函数完成。因此 Windows 平台下的 <option>--output-charset</option> 选项仅当输出信息通过 <option>--redirect-output</option> 重定向时才用到。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2018
msgid "The following options exist that allow specifying the character sets:"
msgstr "现有下述选项支持指定字符集:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2024
msgid "<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.sub_charset\"><option>--sub-charset</option></link> for text subtitle files and for text subtitle tracks stored in container formats for which the character set cannot be determined unambiguously (e.g. Ogg files),"
msgstr "<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.sub_charset\"><option>--sub-charset</option></link> 用于文本字幕文件以及存储于字符集含糊的容器格式（如 Ogg 文件）中的文本字幕轨,"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2031
msgid "<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.chapter_charset\"><option>--chapter-charset</option></link> for chapter text files and for chapters and file titles stored in container formats for which the character set cannot be determined unambiguously (e.g. Ogg files for chapter information, track and file titles etc; MP4 files for chapter information),"
msgstr "<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.chapter_charset\"><option>--chapter-charset</option></link> 用于章节文本文件以及存储于字符集含糊的容器格式（如 Ogg 文件的章节信息，轨道和文件标题等；MP4 文件的章节信息）中的章节和文件标题,"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2039
msgid "<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.command_line_charset\"><option>--command-line-charset</option></link> for all strings on the command line,"
msgstr "<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.command_line_charset\"><option>--command-line-charset</option></link> 用于所有命令行上的字符串,"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2046
msgid "<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> for all strings written to the console or to a file if the output has been redirected with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.redirect_output\"><option>--redirect-output</option></link> option."
msgstr "<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> 用于输出到命令行或文件（当使用 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.redirect_output\"><option>--redirect-output</option></link> 选项重定向输出时）的字符串。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2055
msgid "Option files"
msgstr "选项文件"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2058
msgid "An option file is a file &mkvmerge; can read additional command line arguments from. This can be used in order to circumvent certain limitations of the shell or the operating system when executing external programs like a limited command line length."
msgstr "&mkvmerge; 可从选项文件中读取额外的命令行参数。这样可以规避 shell 或操作系统在执行外部程序时的特定限制，如命令行长度的限制。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2063
msgid "There are several rules regarding option files. Lines whose first non-whitespace character is a hash mark ('<literal>#</literal>') are treated as comments and ignored. White spaces at the start and end of a line will be stripped. Each line must contain exactly one option."
msgstr "选项文件的处理有一些规则。首个非空白字符为井号 ('<literal>#</literal>') 的行将被当作注释对待，在处理过程中将被忽略。各行开头与结尾的空白将被除去。各行必须恰好仅含一个选项。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2069
msgid "A line not containing anything is also ignored. An empty argument is represented by the line '<literal>#EMPTY#</literal>'."
msgstr "不包含任何内容的行也会被忽略。空参数用 <literal>#EMPTY#</literal> 独占一行表示。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2073
msgid "Several chars can be escaped, e.g. if you need to start a non-comment line with '#'. The rules are described in <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.escaping\">the section about escaping text</link>."
msgstr "有些字符可以转义，如当您需要使用 '#' 作为一个不是评论的行的开头。规则在<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.escaping\">关于转义文本的段落</link>有描述。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2078
msgid "Note that backslashes must always be escaped. Hash marks ('#') must be escaped if they should not start a comment."
msgstr "注意反斜杠必须转义。井号 ('#') 如果不作为注释标记，也必须转义。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2082
msgid "The command line '<command>mkvmerge -o \"my file.mkv\" -A \"a movie.avi\" sound.ogg</command>' could be converted into the following option file:"
msgstr "命令行 '<command>mkvmerge -o \"我的文件.mkv\" -A \"一部影片.avi\" 声音.ogg</command>' 可以转换为下述选项文件:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><programlisting>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2086
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Write to the file \"c:\\Matroska\\my file.mkv\" on Windows.\n"
"-o\n"
"c:\\\\Matroska\\\\my file.mkv\n"
"# Set the title to '#65'.\n"
"--title\n"
"\\h65\n"
"# Only take the video from \"a movie.avi\".\n"
"-A\n"
"a movie.avi\n"
"sound.ogg"
msgstr ""
"# 写入 Windows 平台的 \"c:\\Matroska\\我的文件.mkv\" 文件。\n"
"-o\n"
"c:\\\\Matroska\\\\我的文件.mkv\n"
"# 设置标题为 '#65'。\n"
"--title\n"
"\\h65\n"
"# 只需要 \"一部影片.avi\" 中的视频。\n"
"-A\n"
"一部影片.avi\n"
"声音.ogg"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2112
msgid "Subtitles"
msgstr "Subtitles"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2114
msgid "There are several text and bitmap subtitle formats that can be embedded into &matroska;. Text subtitles must be recoded to UTF-8 so that they can be displayed correctly by a player (see the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.text_files_and_charsets\"> text files and character sets</link> for an explanation how &mkvmerge; converts between character sets). Kate subtitles are already encoded in UTF-8 and do not have to be re-encoded."
msgstr "可在 &matroska; 文件中嵌入多种文本和位图字幕格式。文本字幕必须重新编码为 UTF-8 以确保播放器能准确显示（关于 &mkvmerge; 如何在字符集间进行转换的说明请参见关于 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.text_files_and_charsets\"> 文本文件与字符集</link> 的段落）。Kate 字幕已经是 UTF-8 编码，不需要重新编码。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2121
msgid "The following subtitle formats are supported at the moment:"
msgstr "目前支持以下字幕格式:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2127
msgid "Subtitle Ripper (SRT) files"
msgstr "Subtitle Ripper (SRT) 文件"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2133
msgid "Substation Alpha (SSA) / Advanced Substation Alpha scripts (ASS)"
msgstr "Substation Alpha (SSA) / 高级 Substation Alpha 脚本 (ASS)"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2139
msgid "Universal Subtitle Format (USF) files"
msgstr "通用字幕格式 (USF) 文件"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2145
msgid "OggKate streams"
msgstr "OggKate 流"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2151
msgid "VobSub bitmap subtitle files"
msgstr "VobSub 位图字幕文件"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2157
msgid "PGS bitmap subtitle files as found on BluRay discs"
msgstr "BluRay 光盘中的 PGS 位图字幕文件"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2164
msgid "File linking"
msgstr "文件链接"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2166
msgid "&matroska; supports file linking which simply says that a specific file is the predecessor or successor of the current file. To be precise, it's not really the files that are linked but the &matroska; segments. As most files will probably only contain one &matroska; segment the following explanations use the term 'file linking' although 'segment linking' would be more appropriate."
msgstr "&matroska; 支持文件链接，即声明当前文件的前趋与后继文件是哪个文件。严谨地讲，被连接的不是文件而是 &matroska; 剪辑。鉴于大多数文件只含有一个 &matroska; 剪辑，以下说明中将使用术语 '文件链接'，尽管 '剪辑链接' 更为贴切。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2172
msgid "Each segment is identified by a unique 128 bit wide segment UID. This UID is automatically generated by &mkvmerge;. The linking is done primarily via putting the segment UIDs (short: <abbrev>SID</abbrev>) of the previous/next file into the segment header information. &mkvinfo; prints these <abbrev>SIDs</abbrev> if it finds them."
msgstr "各剪辑由唯一的 128 位宽的剪辑 UID 确定。此 UID 是由 &mkvmerge; 自动创建的。链接主要通过将前后文件的剪辑 UID (英文缩写: <abbrev>SID</abbrev>) 置于剪辑头部信息中完成。&mkvinfo; 会在找到 <abbrev>SID</abbrev> 时输出它们。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2178
msgid "If a file is split into several smaller ones and linking is used then the timecodes will not start at 0 again but will continue where the last file has left off. This way the absolute time is kept even if the previous files are not available (e.g. when streaming). If no linking is used then the timecodes should start at 0 for each file. By default &mkvmerge; does not use file linking. If you want that you can turn it on with the <option>--link</option> option. This option is only useful if splitting is activated as well."
msgstr "如果文件被切割为多段，且启用了链接功能，则文件的时间码不会重新从 0 开始，而是会从上一个文件结束的地方继续计算。这样可以保留绝对时间，即使之前的文件不可用 (如进行流式处理时)。如果未使用链接功能，各文件的时间码应从 0 开始。&mkvmerge; 默认不启用文件链接。如果您希望启用，可以通过 <option>--link</option> 选项打开。此选项仅当同时启用切割功能时有用。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2185
msgid "Regardless of whether splitting is active or not the user can tell &mkvmerge; to link the produced files to specific <abbrev>SIDs</abbrev>. This is achieved with the options <option>--link-to-previous</option> and <option>--link-to-next</option>.  These options accept a segment <abbrev>SID</abbrev> in the format that &mkvinfo; outputs: 16 hexadecimal numbers between <constant>0x00</constant> and <constant>0xff</constant> prefixed with '<literal>0x</literal>' each, e.g. '<code>0x41 0xda 0x73 0x66 0xd9 0xcf 0xb2 0x1e 0xae 0x78 0xeb 0xb4 0x5e 0xca 0xb3 0x93</code>'. Alternatively a shorter form can be used: 16 hexadecimal numbers between <constant>0x00</constant> and <constant>0xff</constant> without the '<literal>0x</literal>' prefixes and without the spaces, e.g.  '<code>41da7366d9cfb21eae78ebb45ecab393</code>'."
msgstr "无论是否开启了切割功能，用户都可以让 &mkvmerge; 将生成的文件与指定的 <abbrev>SID</abbrev> 建立链接。可通过 <option>--link-to-previous</option> 与 <option>--link-to-next</option> 选项实现。 这些选项只接受 &mkvinfo; 所输出的剪辑 <abbrev>SID</abbrev> 格式: 16 个 <constant>0x00</constant> 与 <constant>0xff</constant> 之间的十六进制数，各数字带有 '<literal>0x</literal>' 前缀，如 '<code>0x41 0xda 0x73 0x66 0xd9 0xcf 0xb2 0x1e 0xae 0x78 0xeb 0xb4 0x5e 0xca 0xb3 0x93</code>'。还可以选用另一种较短的格式: 16 个 <constant>0x00</constant> 与 <constant>0xff</constant> 之间的十六进制数，无 '<literal>0x</literal>' 前缀，无空格，如 '<code>41da7366d9cfb21eae78ebb45ecab393</code>'。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2195
msgid "If splitting is used then the first file is linked to the <abbrev>SID</abbrev> given with <option>--link-to-previous</option> and the last file is linked to the <abbrev>SID</abbrev> given with <option>--link-to-next</option>. If splitting is not used then the one output file will be linked to both of the two <abbrev>SIDs</abbrev>."
msgstr "如果启用了切割功能，第一个文件将与通过 <option>--link-to-previous</option> 给定的 <abbrev>SID</abbrev> 建立链接，而最后一个文件将与通过 <option>--link-to-next</option> 给定的 <abbrev>SID</abbrev> 建立链接。如果未启用切割功能，唯一的输出文件将同时与给定的两个 <abbrev>SID</abbrev> 建立链接。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2202
msgid "Default values"
msgstr "默认值"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2204
msgid "The &matroska; specification states that some elements have a default value. Usually an element is not written to the file if its value is equal to its default value in order to save space. The elements that the user might miss in &mkvinfo;'s output are the <parameter>language</parameter> and the <parameter>default track flag</parameter> elements.  The default value for the <parameter>language</parameter> is English ('<literal>eng</literal>'), and the default value for the <parameter>default track flag</parameter> is <parameter>true</parameter>. Therefore if you used <option>--language 0:eng</option> for a track then it will not show up in &mkvinfo;'s output."
msgstr "&matroska; 规范提到，一些元素有其默认值。通常为了节省空间，如果一个元素的值等同于其默认值，它将不被写入文件。用户在 &mkvinfo; 的输出信息中可能发现缺失的元素有 <parameter>语言</parameter> 和 <parameter>默认轨标记</parameter>。 <parameter>语言</parameter> 的默认值是 English ('<literal>eng</literal>')，<parameter>默认轨标记</parameter> 的默认值是 <parameter>true</parameter>。因此如果您对一条轨道应用选项 <option>--language 0:eng</option> ，它将不在 &mkvinfo; 的输出信息中显示。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2216
msgid "Maybe you also want to keep some photos along with your &matroska; file, or you're using <abbrev>SSA</abbrev> subtitles and need a special <productname>TrueType</productname> font that's really rare. In these cases you can attach those files to the &matroska; file. They will not be just appended to the file but embedded in it. A player can then show those files (the 'photos' case) or use them to render the subtitles (the '<productname>TrueType</productname> fonts' case)."
msgstr "或许您希望将一些照片与您的 &matroska; 文件一起存放，或者您正在使用 <abbrev>SSA</abbrev> 字幕，需要一个非常稀有的特殊 <productname>TrueType</productname> 字体。这种情况下您可以将这些文件附加到 &matroska; 文件中。它们不会被追加到文件当中，而是被嵌入到文件中。然后播放器就可以显示这些文件 (如 '照片' 一例) 或者用它们来渲染字幕 (如 '<productname>TrueType</productname> 字体' 一例)。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2223
msgid "Here's an example how to attach a photo and a <productname>TrueType</productname> font to the output file:"
msgstr "这是关于如何在输出文件中附加照片和 <productname>TrueType</productname> 字体的示例:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2226
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ mkvmerge -o output.mkv -A video.avi sound.ogg \\\n"
"  --attachment-description \"Me and the band behind the stage in a small get-together\" \\\n"
"  --attachment-mime-type image/jpeg \\\n"
"  --attach-file me_and_the_band.jpg \\\n"
"  --attachment-description \"The real rare and unbelievably good looking font\" \\\n"
"  --attachment-type application/octet-stream \\\n"
"  --attach-file really_cool_font.ttf"
msgstr ""
"$ mkvmerge -o 输出.mkv -A 视频.avi 声音.ogg \\\n"
"  --attachment-description \"乐队与我在后台小聚\" \\\n"
"  --attachment-mime-type image/jpeg \\\n"
"  --attach-file 乐队与我.jpg \\\n"
"  --attachment-description \"难得一见的绝美字体\" \\\n"
"  --attachment-type application/octet-stream \\\n"
"  --attach-file 很酷的字体.ttf"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2235
msgid "If a &matroska; containing attachments file is used as an input file then &mkvmerge; will copy the attachments into the new file. The selection which attachments are copied and which are not can be changed with the options <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attachments\"><option>--attachments</option></link> and <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.no_attachments\"><option>--no-attachments</option></link>."
msgstr "如果含有附件的 &matroska; 文件被用作输入文件，&mkvmerge; 会将附件复制到新文件中。要复制哪些文件、不复制那些文件的选择可以通过 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attachments\"><option>--attachments</option></link> 与 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.no_attachments\"><option>--no-attachments</option></link> 选项修改。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2245
msgid "The &matroska; chapter system is more powerful than the old known system used by <abbrev>OGM</abbrev> files. The full specifications can be found at <ulink url=\"http://www.matroska.org/\">the &matroska; website</ulink>."
msgstr "&matroska; 章节系统比大家知道的旧系统—— <abbrev>OGM</abbrev> 中所使用的——更为强大。完整的规范可以在 <ulink url=\"http://www.matroska.org/\">&matroska; 网站</ulink> 找到。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2250
msgid "&mkvmerge; supports two kinds of chapter files as its input. The first format, called '<foreignphrase>simple chapter format</foreignphrase>', is the same format that the <abbrev>OGM</abbrev> tools expect. The second format is a &xml; based chapter format which supports all of &matroska;'s chapter functionality."
msgstr "&mkvmerge; 支持输入两种章节文件。第一种格式，叫作 '<foreignphrase>简单章节格式</foreignphrase>'，与 <abbrev>OGM</abbrev> tools 所用的相同。第二种是基于 &xml; 的章节格式，它支持 &matroska; 的所有章节功能。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2256
msgid "The simple chapter format"
msgstr "简单章节格式"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2259
msgid "This formmat consists of pairs of lines that start with '<literal>CHAPTERxx=</literal>' and '<literal>CHAPTERxxNAME=</literal>' respectively. The first one contains the start timecode while the second one contains the title. Here's an example:"
msgstr "此格式由成对的相继以 '<literal>CHAPTERxx=</literal>' 与 '<literal>CHAPTERxxNAME=</literal>' 开头的行组成。单数行包含起始时间码，而双数行包含标题。这是一个示例："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2263
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"CHAPTER01=00:00:00.000\n"
"CHAPTER01NAME=Intro\n"
"CHAPTER02=00:02:30.000\n"
"CHAPTER02NAME=Baby prepares to rock\n"
"CHAPTER03=00:02:42.300\n"
"CHAPTER03NAME=Baby rocks the house"
msgstr ""
"CHAPTER01=00:00:00.000\n"
"CHAPTER01NAME=导入部分\n"
"CHAPTER02=00:02:30.000\n"
"CHAPTER02NAME=宝宝准备摇\n"
"CHAPTER03=00:02:42.300\n"
"CHAPTER03NAME=宝宝摇屋子"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2271
msgid "&mkvmerge; will transform every pair or lines into one &matroska; <classname>ChapterAtom</classname>. It does not set any <classname>ChapterTrackNumber</classname> which means that the chapters all apply to all tracks in the file."
msgstr "&mkvmerge; 将转换每两行为一个 &matroska; <classname>章节单位（ChapterAtom）</classname>。这种情况不会设定任何 <classname>章节轨道号（ChapterTrackNumber）</classname>，也就是说所有章节被应用到文件的所有轨道。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2276
msgid "As this is a text file character set conversion may need to be done. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.text_files_and_charsets\"> text files and character sets</link> for an explanation how &mkvmerge; converts between character sets."
msgstr "由于是文本文件，可能需要进行字符集转换。关于 &mkvmerge; 如何在字符集间进行转换的说明请参见关于 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.text_files_and_charsets\"> 文本文件与字符集</link> 的段落。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2283
msgid "The &xml; based chapter format"
msgstr "基于 &xml; 的章节格式"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2285
msgid "The &xml; based chapter format looks like this example:"
msgstr "基于 &xml; 的章节格式看起来与这个示例类似："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2288
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;?xml version=&quot;1.0&quot; encoding=&quot;ISO-8859-1&quot;?&gt;\n"
"&lt;!DOCTYPE Chapters SYSTEM &quot;matroskachapters.dtd&quot;&gt;\n"
"&lt;Chapters&gt;\n"
"  &lt;EditionEntry&gt;\n"
"    &lt;ChapterAtom&gt;\n"
"      &lt;ChapterTimeStart&gt;00:00:30.000&lt;/ChapterTimeStart&gt;\n"
"      &lt;ChapterTimeEnd&gt;00:01:20.000&lt;/ChapterTimeEnd&gt;\n"
"      &lt;ChapterDisplay&gt;\n"
"        &lt;ChapterString&gt;A short chapter&lt;/ChapterString&gt;\n"
"        &lt;ChapterLanguage&gt;eng&lt;/ChapterLanguage&gt;\n"
"      &lt;/ChapterDisplay&gt;\n"
"      &lt;ChapterAtom&gt;\n"
"        &lt;ChapterTimeStart&gt;00:00:46.000&lt;/ChapterTimeStart&gt;\n"
"        &lt;ChapterTimeEnd&gt;00:01:10.000&lt;/ChapterTimeEnd&gt;\n"
"        &lt;ChapterDisplay&gt;\n"
"          &lt;ChapterString&gt;A part of that short chapter&lt;/ChapterString&gt;\n"
"          &lt;ChapterLanguage&gt;eng&lt;/ChapterLanguage&gt;\n"
"        &lt;/ChapterDisplay&gt;\n"
"      &lt;/ChapterAtom&gt;\n"
"    &lt;/ChapterAtom&gt;\n"
"  &lt;/EditionEntry&gt;\n"
"&lt;/Chapters&gt;"
msgstr ""
"&lt;?xml version=&quot;1.0&quot; encoding=&quot;ISO-8859-1&quot;?&gt;\n"
"&lt;!DOCTYPE Chapters SYSTEM &quot;matroskachapters.dtd&quot;&gt;\n"
"&lt;Chapters&gt;\n"
"  &lt;EditionEntry&gt;\n"
"    &lt;ChapterAtom&gt;\n"
"      &lt;ChapterTimeStart&gt;00:00:30.000&lt;/ChapterTimeStart&gt;\n"
"      &lt;ChapterTimeEnd&gt;00:01:20.000&lt;/ChapterTimeEnd&gt;\n"
"      &lt;ChapterDisplay&gt;\n"
"        &lt;ChapterString&gt;短短的一节&lt;/ChapterString&gt;\n"
"        &lt;ChapterLanguage&gt;chi&lt;/ChapterLanguage&gt;\n"
"      &lt;/ChapterDisplay&gt;\n"
"      &lt;ChapterAtom&gt;\n"
"        &lt;ChapterTimeStart&gt;00:00:46.000&lt;/ChapterTimeStart&gt;\n"
"        &lt;ChapterTimeEnd&gt;00:01:10.000&lt;/ChapterTimeEnd&gt;\n"
"        &lt;ChapterDisplay&gt;\n"
"          &lt;ChapterString&gt;那短短的一节的一部分&lt;/ChapterString&gt;\n"
"          &lt;ChapterLanguage&gt;chi&lt;/ChapterLanguage&gt;\n"
"        &lt;/ChapterDisplay&gt;\n"
"      &lt;/ChapterAtom&gt;\n"
"    &lt;/ChapterAtom&gt;\n"
"  &lt;/EditionEntry&gt;\n"
"&lt;/Chapters&gt;"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2312
msgid "With this format three things are possible that are not possible with the simple chapter format:"
msgstr "使用此格式可以做到三件简单章节格式做不到的事:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2316
msgid "The timestamp for the end of the chapter can be set,"
msgstr "可以设置章节终止处的时间戳,"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2317
msgid "chapters can be nested,"
msgstr "章节可以嵌套,"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2318
msgid "the language and country can be set."
msgstr "可以设置语言与国家。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2322
msgid "The mkvtoolnix distribution contains some sample files in the <filename>doc</filename> subdirectory which can be used as a basis."
msgstr "mkvtoolnix 分发包的 <filename>doc</filename> 子目录包含了一些典型示例文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2326
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2483
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2526
msgid "The following lists the supported XML tags, their data types and, where appropriate, the valid range for their values:"
msgstr "下面列出的是支持的 XML 标签，其数据类型及有效值域:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2329
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Chapters (master)\n"
"  EditionEntry (master)\n"
"    EditionUID (unsigned integer, valid range: 1 &lt;= value)\n"
"    EditionFlagHidden (unsigned integer, valid range: 0 &lt;= value &lt;= 1)\n"
"    EditionFlagDefault (unsigned integer, valid range: 0 &lt;= value &lt;= 1)\n"
"    EditionFlagOrdered (unsigned integer, valid range: 0 &lt;= value &lt;= 1)\n"
"    ChapterAtom (master)\n"
"      ChapterAtom (master)\n"
"      ChapterUID (unsigned integer, valid range: 1 &lt;= value)\n"
"      ChapterTimeStart (unsigned integer)\n"
"      ChapterTimeEnd (unsigned integer)\n"
"      ChapterFlagHidden (unsigned integer, valid range: 0 &lt;= value &lt;= 1)\n"
"      ChapterFlagEnabled (unsigned integer, valid range: 0 &lt;= value &lt;= 1)\n"
"      ChapterSegmentUID (binary, valid range: 1 &lt;= length in bytes)\n"
"      ChapterSegmentEditionUID (unsigned integer, valid range: 1 &lt;= value)\n"
"      ChapterPhysicalEquiv (unsigned integer)\n"
"      ChapterTrack (master)\n"
"        ChapterTrackNumber (unsigned integer, valid range: 1 &lt;= value)\n"
"      ChapterDisplay (master)\n"
"        ChapterString (UTF-8 string)\n"
"        ChapterLanguage (UTF-8 string)\n"
"        ChapterCountry (UTF-8 string)\n"
"      ChapterProcess (master)\n"
"        ChapterProcessCodecID (unsigned integer)\n"
"        ChapterProcessPrivate (binary)\n"
"        ChapterProcessCommand (master)\n"
"          ChapterProcessTime (unsigned integer)\n"
"          ChapterProcessData (binary)"
msgstr ""
"Chapters (主)\n"
"  EditionEntry (主)\n"
"    EditionUID (无符号整数，有效值域: 1 &lt;= 值)\n"
"    EditionFlagHidden (无符号整数，有效值域: 0 &lt;= 值 &lt;= 1)\n"
"    EditionFlagDefault (无符号整数，有效值域: 0 &lt;= 值 &lt;= 1)\n"
"    EditionFlagOrdered (无符号整数，有效值域: 0 &lt;= 值 &lt;= 1)\n"
"    ChapterAtom (主)\n"
"      ChapterAtom (主)\n"
"      ChapterUID (无符号整数，有效值域: 1 &lt;= 值)\n"
"      ChapterTimeStart (无符号整数)\n"
"      ChapterTimeEnd (无符号整数)\n"
"      ChapterFlagHidden (无符号整数，有效值域: 0 &lt;= 值 &lt;= 1)\n"
"      ChapterFlagEnabled (无符号整数，有效值域: 0 &lt;= 值 &lt;= 1)\n"
"      ChapterSegmentUID (二进制，有效值域: 1 &lt;= 长度，以字节为单位)\n"
"      ChapterSegmentEditionUID (无符号整数，有效值域: 1 &lt;= 值)\n"
"      ChapterPhysicalEquiv (无符号整数)\n"
"      ChapterTrack (主)\n"
"        ChapterTrackNumber (无符号整数，有效值域: 1 &lt;= 值)\n"
"      ChapterDisplay (主)\n"
"        ChapterString (UTF-8 字符串)\n"
"        ChapterLanguage (UTF-8 字符串)\n"
"        ChapterCountry (UTF-8 字符串)\n"
"      ChapterProcess (主)\n"
"        ChapterProcessCodecID (无符号整数)\n"
"        ChapterProcessPrivate (二进制)\n"
"        ChapterProcessCommand (主)\n"
"          ChapterProcessTime (无符号整数)\n"
"          ChapterProcessData (二进制)"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2360
msgid "General notes"
msgstr "一般性备注"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2362
msgid "When splitting files &mkvmerge; will correctly adjust the chapters as well. This means that each file only includes the chapter entries that apply to it, and that the timecodes will be offset to match the new timecodes of each output file."
msgstr "&mkvmerge; 切割文件时会同时适当调整章节。这意味着每个文件只包含应用到该文件的章节项，时间码也将被调整到与各输出文件相匹配。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2367
msgid "&mkvmerge; is able to copy chapters from &matroska; source files unless this is explicitly disabled with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.no_chapters\"><option>--no-chapters</option></link> option. The chapters from all sources (&matroska; files, Ogg files, <abbrev>MP4</abbrev> files, chapter text files) are usually not merged but end up in separate <classname>ChapterEditions</classname>. Only if chapters are read from several &matroska; or &xml; files that share the same edition UIDs will chapters be merged into a single <classname>ChapterEdition</classname>. If such a merge is desired in other situations as well then the user has to extract the chapters from all sources with &mkvextract; first, merge the &xml; files manually and mux them afterwards."
msgstr "&mkvmerge; 能够从 &matroska; 源文件中复制章节，除非使用 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.no_chapters\"><option>--no-chapters</option></link> 选项明令禁用。来自各类来源 (&matroska; 文件、Ogg 文件、<abbrev>MP4</abbrev> 文件、章节文本文件) 的章节通常不被合并，而是分成多个 <classname>ChapterEditions（章节版本）</classname>。仅当从多个 &matroska; 或 &xml; 文件读取的章节具有相同的版本 UID 时，章节才会被合并为单个 <classname>ChapterEdition</classname>。如果在其他情况下需要此类合并，用户需要先用 &mkvextract; 从所有来源提取章节，手动合并 &xml; 文件然后再混流。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2382
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "介绍"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2385
msgid "&matroska; supports an extensive set of tags that is deprecated and a new, simpler system like it is is used in most other containers: <parameter>KEY=VALUE</parameter>. However, in &matroska; these tags can also be nested, and both the <parameter>KEY</parameter> and the <parameter>VALUE</parameter> are elements of their own. The example file <filename>example-tags-2.xml</filename> shows how to use this new system."
msgstr "&matroska; 广泛支持废弃标签，还支持一种新式的、类似其他大多数容器使用的较简单的标签系统: <parameter>KEY=VALUE</parameter>。然而，在 &matroska; 中这些标签也可以嵌套，<parameter>KEY</parameter> 与 <parameter>VALUE</parameter> 都是属于它们自身的元素。示例文件 <filename>example-tags-2.xml</filename> 展示了如何使用这个新系统。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2393
msgid "Scope of the tags"
msgstr "标签细述"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2396
msgid "&matroska; tags do not automatically apply to the complete file. They can, but they also may apply to different parts of the file: to one or more tracks, to one or more chapters, or even to a combination of both. The <ulink url=\"http://matroska.org/technical/specs/index.html\">the &matroska; specification</ulink> gives more details about this fact."
msgstr "&matroska; 标签不会自动应用到整个文件上。它们可以应用到整个文件，还可以应用到文件的不同部分: 一个或多个轨道, 一个或多个章节, 甚至是两者的组合。<ulink url=\"http://matroska.org/technical/specs/index.html\">&matroska; 规范</ulink> 有这方面的更多详情。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2402
msgid "One important fact is that tags are linked to tracks or chapters with the <classname>Targets</classname> &matroska; tag element, and that the UIDs used for this linking are <emphasis>not</emphasis> the track IDs &mkvmerge; uses everywhere. Instead the numbers used are the UIDs which &mkvmerge; calculates automatically (if the track is taken from a file format other than &matroska;) or which are copied from the source file if the track's source file is a &matroska; file. Therefore it is difficult to know which UIDs to use in the tag file before the file is handed over to &mkvmerge;."
msgstr "重要的一点是标签通过 <classname>Targets</classname> &matroska; 标签元素与轨道或章节相连，而用于此链接的 UID <emphasis>并非</emphasis> &mkvmerge; 常用的轨道 ID。而是 &mkvmerge; 自动计算而来 (当轨道来自非 &matroska; 文件时) 或当轨道源文件是 &matroska; 文件时复制而来的 的 UID。因此在文件被 &mkvmerge; 处理过之前很难知道应该在标签文件中使用哪些 UID。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2410
msgid "&mkvmerge; knows two options with which you can add tags to &matroska; files: The <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.global_tags\"><option>--global-tags</option></link> and the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.tags\"><option>--tags</option></link> options. The difference is that the former option, <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.global_tags\"><option>--global-tags</option></link>, will make the tags apply to the complete file by removing any of those <classname>Targets</classname> elements mentioned above.  The latter option, <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.tags\"><option>--tags</option></link>, automatically inserts the UID that &mkvmerge; generates for the tag specified with the <parameter>TID</parameter> part of the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.tags\"><option>--tags</option></link> option."
msgstr "&mkvmerge; 支持两个为 &matroska; 文件添加标签的选项: <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.global_tags\"><option>--global-tags</option></link> 与 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.tags\"><option>--tags</option></link> 选项。不同之处在于前者，<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.global_tags\"><option>--global-tags</option></link>，将通过移除上文提到的所有 <classname>Targets</classname> 元素使标签应用到整个文件。 而后者，<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.tags\"><option>--tags</option></link>，将使 &mkvmerge; 为通过 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.tags\"><option>--tags</option></link> 选项的 <parameter>TID</parameter> 部分指定的标签自动插入 UID。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2422
msgid "Example"
msgstr "示例"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2424
msgid "Let's say that you want to add tags to a video track read from an <abbrev>AVI</abbrev>. <command>mkvmerge --identify file.avi</command> tells you that the video track's ID (do not mix this ID with the UID!) is 0. So you create your tag file, leave out all <classname>Targets</classname> elements and call &mkvmerge;:"
msgstr "假定您希望为从一个 <abbrev>AVI</abbrev> 文件读取的视频轨道添加标签。<command>mkvmerge --identify 文件.avi</command> 告诉您该视频轨道的 ID (不要将此 ID 与 UID 混淆!) 为 0。于是您创建了一个标签文件，省去了所有 <classname>Targets</classname> 元素，然后这样调用 &mkvmerge;:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2429
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o file.mkv --tags 0:tags.xml file.avi"
msgstr "$ mkvmerge -o 文件.mkv --tags 0:标签.xml 文件.avi"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2433
msgid "Tag file format"
msgstr "标签文件格式"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2435
msgid "&mkvmerge; supports a &xml; based tag file format. The format is very closely modeled after <ulink url=\"http://matroska.org/technical/specs/index.html\">the &matroska; specification</ulink>. Both the binary and the source distributions of MKVToolNix come with a sample file called <filename>example-tags-2.xml</filename> which simply lists all known tags and which can be used as a basis for real life tag files."
msgstr "&mkvmerge; 支持基于 &xml; 的标签文件格式。此格式是以 <ulink url=\"http://matroska.org/technical/specs/index.html\">&matroska; 规范</ulink> 为依据严格制定的。MKVToolNix 的程序以及源码分发包都含有名为 <filename>example-tags-2.xml</filename> 的示例文件，该文件已简明地列出了所有已知的可用作实际处理的基本标签。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2442
msgid "The basics are:"
msgstr "基本要点有："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2446
msgid "The outermost element must be <classname>&lt;Tags&gt;</classname>."
msgstr "最外层的元素必须为 <classname>&lt;Tags&gt;</classname>。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2448
msgid "One logical tag is contained inside one pair of <classname>&lt;Tag&gt;</classname> &xml; tags."
msgstr "实际意义上的标签放在 <classname>&lt;Tag&gt;</classname> &xml; 标签对中。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2450
msgid "White spaces directly before and after tag contents are ignored."
msgstr "标签内容前后的空白将被忽略。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2455
msgid "Data types"
msgstr "数据类型"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2457
msgid "The new &matroska; tagging system only knows two data types, a UTF-8 string and a binary type. The first is used for the tag's name and the <classname>&lt;String&gt;</classname> element while the binary type is used for the <classname>&lt;Binary&gt;</classname> element."
msgstr "新的 &matroska; 标签系统只识别两种数据类型，UTF-8 字串与二进制类型。前者用于标签名称和 <classname>&lt;String&gt;</classname> 元素，而二进制类型用于 <classname>&lt;Binary&gt;</classname> 元素。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2462
msgid "As binary data itself would not fit into a &xml; file &mkvmerge; supports two other methods of storing binary data. If the contents of a &xml; tag starts with '<literal>@</literal>' then the following text is treated as a file name. The corresponding file's content is copied into the &matroska; element."
msgstr "由于二进制数据自身与 &xml; 文件不相容，&mkvmerge; 支持另两种储存二进制数据的方法。如果 &xml; 标签的内容以 '<literal>@</literal>' 开头，则后续文本将被作为文件名对待。相应文件的内容将被复制到 &matroska; 元素中。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2468
msgid "Otherwise the data is expected to be <foreignphrase>Base64</foreignphrase> encoded. This is an encoding that transforms binary data into a limited set of <abbrev>ASCII</abbrev> characters and is used e.g. in email programs. &mkvextract; will output <foreignphrase>Base64</foreignphrase> encoded data for binary elements."
msgstr "还有一种可能，即数据经 <foreignphrase>Base64</foreignphrase> 编码。这是将二进制数据转换为一定的 <abbrev>ASCII</abbrev> 字集字符，在电子邮件等程序中有所应用。&mkvextract; 将将二进制元素以 <foreignphrase>Base64</foreignphrase> 编码的数据的形式输出。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2474
msgid "The deprecated tagging system knows some more data types which can be found in the official &matroska; tag specs. As &mkvmerge; does not support this system anymore these types aren't described here."
msgstr "已被废弃的标签系统可识别更多的数据类型，这在 &matroska; 官方的标签规范中可以找到。由于 &mkvmerge; 不再支持此系统，此处不对这些类型作多余说明。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2480
msgid "Known tags for the XML file format"
msgstr "XML 文件格式的已知标签"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2486
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Tags (master)\n"
"  Tag (master)\n"
"    Targets (master)\n"
"      TargetTypeValue (unsigned integer)\n"
"      TargetType (UTF-8 string)\n"
"      TrackUID (unsigned integer)\n"
"      EditionUID (unsigned integer)\n"
"      ChapterUID (unsigned integer)\n"
"      AttachmentUID (unsigned integer)\n"
"    Simple (master)\n"
"      Simple (master)\n"
"      Name (UTF-8 string)\n"
"      TagLanguage (UTF-8 string)\n"
"      DefaultLanguage (unsigned integer)\n"
"      String (UTF-8 string)\n"
"      Binary (binary)"
msgstr ""
"Tags (主)\n"
"  Tag (主)\n"
"    Targets (主)\n"
"      TargetTypeValue (无符号整数)\n"
"      TargetType (UTF-8 字符串)\n"
"      TrackUID (无符号整数)\n"
"      EditionUID (无符号整数)\n"
"      ChapterUID (无符号整数)\n"
"      AttachmentUID (无符号整数)\n"
"    Simple (主)\n"
"      Simple (主)\n"
"      Name (UTF-8 字符串)\n"
"      TagLanguage (UTF-8 字符串)\n"
"      DefaultLanguage (无符号整数)\n"
"      String (UTF-8 字符串)\n"
"      Binary (二进制)"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2506
msgid "The segment info XML files"
msgstr "剪辑信息 XML 文件"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2509
msgid "With a segment info XML file it is possible to set certain values in the &quot;segment information&quot; header field of a &matroska; file. All of these values cannot be set via other command line options."
msgstr "可以通过剪辑信息 XML 文件设置 &matroska; 文件 &quot;剪辑信息&quot; 头部字段的特定值。所有这些值都无法通过其他命令行选项设置。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2514
msgid "Other &quot;segment information&quot; header fields can be set via command line options but not via the XML file. This includes e.g. the <option><link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.title\">--title</link></option> and the <option><link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.timecode_scale\">--timecode-scale</link></option> options."
msgstr "还有一些 &quot;剪辑信息&quot; 头部字段可以通过命令行选项设置，而非通过 XML 文件。包括如 <option><link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.title\">--title</link></option> 及 <option><link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.timecode_scale\">--timecode-scale</link></option> 选项。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2520
msgid "There are other elements that can be set neither via command line options nor via the XML files. These include the following elements: <varname>DateUTC</varname> (also known as the &quot;muxing date&quot;), <varname>MuxingApp</varname>, <varname>WritingApp</varname> and <varname>Duration</varname>. They're always set by &mkvmerge; itself."
msgstr "还有其他元素既不能通过命令行选项，也不能通过 XML 文件设置。这些包括下述元素: <varname>DateUTC</varname> (即 &quot;混流时间&quot;)、混流应用程序 <varname>MuxingApp</varname>、写入库 <varname>WritingApp</varname> 及 总时长 <varname>Duration</varname>。这些元素均由 &mkvmerge; 自行设置。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2529
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Info (master)\n"
"  SegmentUID (binary, valid range: length in bytes == 16)\n"
"  SegmentFilename (UTF-8 string)\n"
"  PreviousSegmentUID (binary, valid range: length in bytes == 16)\n"
"  PreviousSegmentFilename (UTF-8 string)\n"
"  NextSegmentUID (binary, valid range: length in bytes == 16)\n"
"  NextSegmentFilename (UTF-8 string)\n"
"  SegmentFamily (binary, valid range: length in bytes == 16)\n"
"  ChapterTranslate (master)\n"
"    ChapterTranslateEditionUID (unsigned integer)\n"
"    ChapterTranslateCodec (unsigned integer)\n"
"    ChapterTranslateID (binary)"
msgstr ""
"Info (主)\n"
"  SegmentUID (二进制，有效值域: 长度（字节） == 16)\n"
"  SegmentFilename (UTF-8 字符串)\n"
"  PreviousSegmentUID (二进制，有效值域: 长度（字节） == 16)\n"
"  PreviousSegmentFilename (UTF-8 字符串)\n"
"  NextSegmentUID (二进制，有效值域: 长度（字节） == 16)\n"
"  NextSegmentFilename (UTF-8 字符串)\n"
"  SegmentFamily (二进制，有效值域: 长度（字节） == 16)\n"
"  ChapterTranslate (主)\n"
"    ChapterTranslateEditionUID (无符号整数)\n"
"    ChapterTranslateCodec (无符号整数)\n"
"    ChapterTranslateID (二进制)"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2544
msgid "&matroska; file layout"
msgstr "&matroska; 文件规划"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2546
msgid "The &matroska; file layout is quite flexible. &mkvmerge; will render a file in a predefined way. The resulting file looks like this:"
msgstr "&matroska; 文件规划非常灵活。&mkvmerge; 将按预先定义的方式渲染文件。生成的文件是这样的："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2550
msgid "[EBML head] [segment {meta seek #1} [segment information] [track information] {attachments} {chapters} [cluster 1] {cluster 2} ...  {cluster n} {cues} {meta seek #2} {tags}]"
msgstr "[EBML 头] [剪辑 {元定位 #1} [剪辑信息] [轨道信息] {附件} {章节} [簇 1] {簇 2} ...  {簇 n} {索引} {元定位 #2} {标签}]"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2555
msgid "The elements in curly braces are optional and depend on the contents and options used. A couple of notes:"
msgstr "大括号中的元素是可选的，依所用的内容和选项而定。有两点要注意的："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2561
msgid "meta seek #1 includes only a small number of level 1 elements, and only if they actually exist: attachments, chapters, cues, tags, meta seek #2. Older versions of &mkvmerge; used to put the clusters into this meta seek element as well. Therefore some imprecise guessing was necessary to reserve enough space. It often failed. Now only the clusters are stored in meta seek #2, and meta seek #1 refers to the meta seek element #2."
msgstr "元定位 #1 只包含很少量的 level 1 元素，且仅当它们存在时才包含：附件、章节、索引、标签以及元定位 #2。较早版本的 &mkvmerge; 亦曾将簇放置在元定位元素中。因此应留给不精确的传言一些空间——真相总会大白。 现在只有簇才被储存在元定位 #2 中，元定位 #1 将引用元定位元素 #2。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2569
msgid "Attachment, chapter and tag elements are only present if they were added."
msgstr "附件、章节和标签元素仅当被添加后才会出现。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2574
msgid "The shortest possible &matroska; file would look like this:"
msgstr "允许的最精简的 &matroska; 文件是像这样的："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2578
msgid "[EBML head] [segment [segment information] [track information] [cluster 1]]"
msgstr "[EBML 头] [剪辑 [剪辑信息] [轨道信息] [簇 1]]"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2582
msgid "This might be the case for audio-only files."
msgstr "这也是纯音频文件的样子。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2587
msgid "External timecode files"
msgstr "外部时间码文件"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2589
msgid "&mkvmerge; allows the user to chose the timecodes for a specific track himself. This can be used in order to create files with variable frame rate video or include gaps in audio. A frame in this case is the unit that &mkvmerge; creates separately per &matroska; block. For video this is exactly one frame, for audio this is one packet of the specific audio type. E.g. for <abbrev>AC3</abbrev> this would be a packet containing <constant>1536</constant> samples."
msgstr "&mkvmerge; 允许用户为各轨道选择特定的时间码。这可用来创建包含可变帧率视频或音频中有空隙的文件。这种情况下的帧是 &mkvmerge; 创建各 &matroska; 块的单位。对视频来说恰好是一帧，对音频来说是相应音频类型的一个数据包。例如对 <abbrev>AC3</abbrev> 来说是包含 <constant>1536</constant> 采样的一个数据包。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2596
msgid "Timecode files that are used when tracks are appended to each other must only be specified for the first part in a chain of tracks.  For example if you append two files, v1.avi and v2.avi, and want to use timecodes then your command line must look something like this:"
msgstr "用于轨道追加合并的时间码必须只指定给一系列（同一）轨道的第一部分。例如当您追加合并两个文件，v1.avi 与 v2.avi，且希望使用时间码时，您的命令行必须像这样组织："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2600
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvmerge ... --timecodes 0:my_timecodes.txt v1.avi +v2.avi"
msgstr "$ mkvmerge ... --timecodes 0:我的时间码.txt v1.avi +v2.avi"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2603
msgid "There are four formats that are recognized by &mkvmerge;. The first line always contains the version number. Empty lines, lines containing only whitespace and lines beginning with '<literal>#</literal>' are ignored."
msgstr "&mkvmerge; 可识别四种格式的时间码。版本号在时间码文件的第一行内。空行，只含有空格的行，以及以 '<literal>#</literal>' 开头的行在处理时将被忽略。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2608
msgid "Timecode file format v1"
msgstr "时间码文件格式 v1"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2610
msgid "This format starts with the version line. The second line declares the default number of frames per second.  All following lines contain three numbers separated by commas: the start frame (<constant>0</constant> is the first frame), the end frame and the number of frames in this range. The <abbrev>FPS</abbrev> is a floating point number with the dot '<literal>.</literal>' as the decimal point. The ranges can contain gaps for which the default <abbrev>FPS</abbrev> is used. An example:"
msgstr "此格式的第一行是版本声明。第二行则声明默认的帧率。 接下来的各行包含由逗号分隔的三个数字: 起始帧（<constant>0</constant> 代表第一帧）、终止帧以及此范围内的帧率。<abbrev>FPS（帧率）</abbrev> 为浮点数，小数点用 '<literal>.</literal>' 表示。各行定义的范围间可以有间隔，间隔内将使用默认的 <abbrev>FPS</abbrev>。一个示例："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2616
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# timecode format v1\n"
"assume 27.930\n"
"800,1000,25\n"
"1500,1700,30"
msgstr ""
"# timecode format v1\n"
"assume 27.930\n"
"800,1000,25\n"
"1500,1700,30"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2623
msgid "Timecode file format v2"
msgstr "时间码文件格式 v2"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2626
msgid "In this format each line contains a timecode for the corresponding frame.  This timecode must be given in millisecond precision.  It can be a floating point number, but it doesn't have to be.  You <emphasis>have to</emphasis> give at least as many timecode lines as there are frames in the track.  The timecodes in this file must be sorted.  Example for 25fps:"
msgstr "此格式中每行包含相应帧的时间码。此时间码必须以毫秒为精度。可以使浮点数，但不强求。您指定的时间码行数 <emphasis>必须</emphasis> 不少于对应轨道的帧数。此类文件中的时间码必须经过排序。 以 25fps 为例："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2631
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# timecode format v2\n"
"0\n"
"40\n"
"80"
msgstr ""
"# timecode format v2\n"
"0\n"
"40\n"
"80"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2638
msgid "Timecode file format v3"
msgstr "时间码文件格式 v3"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2640
msgid "In this format each line contains a duration in seconds followed by an optional number of frames per second.  Both can be floating point numbers.  If the number of frames per second is not present the default one is used.  For audio you should let the codec calculate the frame timecodes itself.  For that you should be using <constant>0.0</constant> as the number of frames per second.  You can also create gaps in the stream by using the '<literal>gap</literal>' keyword followed by the duration of the gap.  Example for an audio file:"
msgstr "此格式中各行包含时长（秒数），后接（可选）帧率。 二者均可为浮点数。 如果未提供帧率，则采用默认的帧率。 对于音频，您应当让编解码器自行计算各帧的时间码。 这样您应当使用 <constant>0.0</constant> 作为帧率。 您可以使用 '<literal>gap</literal>' 关键词后接空隙时长在流中创建空隙。 以音频文件为例："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2646
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# timecode format v3\n"
"assume 0.0\n"
"25.325\n"
"7.530,38.236\n"
"gap, 10.050\n"
"2.000,38.236"
msgstr ""
"# timecode format v3\n"
"assume 0.0\n"
"25.325\n"
"7.530,38.236\n"
"gap, 10.050\n"
"2.000,38.236"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2655
msgid "Timecode file format v4"
msgstr "时间码文件格式 v4"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2657
msgid "This format is identical to the v2 format.  The only difference is that the timecodes do not have to be sorted.  This format should almost never be used."
msgstr "此格式与 v2 格式相似。 唯一的不同在于时间码不必经过排序。 通常不应使用此格式。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2667
msgid "&mkvmerge; exits with one of three exit codes:"
msgstr "&mkvmerge; 退出时会返回以下三个退出代码中的一个："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2673
msgid "<constant>0</constant> -- This exit codes means that muxing has completed successfully."
msgstr "<constant>0</constant> -- 此退出代码说明已成功完成混流。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2679
msgid "<constant>1</constant> -- In this case &mkvmerge; has output at least one warning, but muxing did continue.  A warning is prefixed with the text '<literal>Warning:</literal>'.  Depending on the issues involved the resulting file might be ok or not.  The user is urged to check both the warning and the resulting file."
msgstr "<constant>1</constant> -- 这种情况下 &mkvmerge; 至少输出了一条警告信息，但混流并未因之中止。 警告信息以文字 '<literal>警告:</literal>' 为前缀。根据问题的不同，生成的文件可能是好的，也可能不是。 强烈建议用户检查警告信息以及生成的文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2687
msgid "<constant>2</constant> -- This exit code is used after an error occurred.  &mkvmerge; aborts right after outputting the error message.  Error messages range from wrong command line arguments over read/write errors to broken files."
msgstr "<constant>2</constant> -- 此退出代码用于错误发生之后。 &mkvmerge; 在输出错误信息后即中断处理。错误信息可能是错误的命令行参数，也可能是损坏文件的读取/写入错误。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2698
msgid "&mkvmerge; uses the default variables that determine the system's locale (e.g. <varname>LANG</varname> and the <varname>LC_*</varname> family). Additional variables:"
msgstr "&mkvmerge; 会使用决定系统区域设置的默认变量 (如 <varname>LANG</varname> 与 <varname>LC_*</varname> 族)。其他变量包括:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2706
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.debug\"><option>--debug</option></link> option."
msgstr "内容将被当作通过 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.debug\"><option>--debug</option></link> 选项传递的参数对待。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2714
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.engage\"><option>--engage</option></link> option."
msgstr "内容将被当作通过 <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.engage\"><option>--engage</option></link> 选项传递的参数对待。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2722
msgid "The content is split on white space. The resulting partial strings are treated as if it had been passed as command line options. If you need to pass special characters (e.g. spaces) then you have to escape them (see <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.escaping\">the section about escaping special characters in text</link>)."
msgstr "内容将在空白处切割。最终得到的字符串部分将按命令行选项的格式处理。如果您需要传递特殊字符 (如空白) 则需要转义 (参见<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.escaping\">关于转义文本中特殊字符的段落</link>)。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2733
msgid "&mkvinfo;, &mkvextract;, &mkvpropedit;, &mmg;"
msgstr "&mkvinfo;, &mkvextract;, &mkvpropedit;, &mmg;"

#. type: Content of the product entity
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:5
msgid "mkvpropedit"
msgstr "mkvpropedit"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:45
msgid "Modify properties of existing &matroska; files without a complete remux"
msgstr "在不进行完整的重新混流的情况下修改现有 &matroska; 文件的属性"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:51
msgid "<command>mkvpropedit</command> <arg>options</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">source-filename</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">actions</arg>"
msgstr "<command>mkvpropedit</command> <arg>选项</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">源文件名</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">操作</arg>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:61
msgid "This program analyses an existing &matroska; file and modifies some of its properties. Then it writes those modifications to the existing file. Among the properties that can be changed are the segment information elements (e.g. the title) and the track headers (e.g. the language code, 'default track' flag or the name)."
msgstr "此程序可分析现有 &matroska; 文件，并修改其部分属性。然后它将将变更写入现有文件。可修改的属性包括剪辑信息元素（如标题）和轨道头部（如语言代码、'默认轨' 标记或轨道名称）。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:67
msgid "Options:"
msgstr "选项:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:72
msgid "<option>-l</option>, <option>--list-property-names</option>"
msgstr "<option>-l</option>, <option>--list-property-names</option>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:75
msgid "Lists all known and editable property names, their type (string, integer, boolean etc) and a short description. The program exits afterwards. Therefore the <parameter>source-filename</parameter> parameter does not have to be supplied."
msgstr "列出所有已知的可编辑的属性名称、它们的类型（字符串型、整数型、布尔型等等）及简短说明。程序随后将退出执行。因此不必提供 <parameter>source-filename</parameter> 参数。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:82
msgid "<option>-p</option>, <option>--parse-mode</option> <parameter>mode</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-p</option>, <option>--parse-mode</option> <parameter>模式</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:85
msgid "Sets the parse mode. The parameter '<parameter>mode</parameter>' can either be '<literal>fast</literal>' (which is also the default)  or '<literal>full</literal>'. The '<literal>fast</literal>' mode does not parse the whole file but uses the meta seek elements for locating the required elements of a source file. In 99% of all cases this is enough. But for files that do not contain meta seek elements or which are damaged the user might have to set the '<literal>full</literal>' parse mode. A full scan of a file can take a couple of minutes while a fast scan only takes seconds."
msgstr "设置解析模式。参数 '<parameter>模式</parameter>' 可以为 '<literal>fast（快速）</literal>'（此项为默认值）或 '<literal>full（完整）</literal>'。'<literal>fast（快速）</literal>'模式不解析整个文件，而是使用元定位元素确定源文件中所需元素的位置。99% 的情况下这就足够了。但如果碰到不含元定位元素或者元定位元素损坏的文件，用户可能得考虑 '<literal>full（完整）</literal>' 解析模式。完整扫描文件可能要花费几分钟，而快速扫描只需要几秒钟。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:96
msgid "Actions that deal with track and segment info properties:"
msgstr "轨道、剪辑信息属性处理操作:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:101
msgid "<option>-e</option>, <option>--edit</option> <parameter>selector</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-e</option>, <option>--edit</option> <parameter>选择器</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:104
msgid "Sets the &matroska; file section (segment information or a certain track's headers) that all following <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.add\">add</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.set\">set</link> and <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.delete\">delete</link> actions operate on. This option can be used multiple times in order to make modifications to more than one element."
msgstr "设置后续的 <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.add\">添加</link>、<link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.set\">设置</link> 或 <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.delete\">删除</link> 操作所针对的 &matroska; 文件区域（即剪辑信息或某个轨道的头部）。此选项可多次使用，以同时修改多个元素。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:111
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:457
msgid "By default &mkvpropedit; will edit the segment information section."
msgstr "默认情况下，&mkvpropedit; 将编辑剪辑信息区段。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:115
msgid "See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.edit_selectors\">edit selectors</link> for a full description of the syntax."
msgstr "关于完整的语法说明请参见关于 <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.edit_selectors\">编辑选择器</link> 的段落。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:121
msgid "<option>-a</option>, <option>--add</option> <parameter>name</parameter>=<parameter>value</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-a</option>, <option>--add</option> <parameter>名称</parameter>=<parameter>数值</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:124
msgid "Adds a property <parameter>name</parameter> with the value <parameter>value</parameter>. The property will be added even if such a property exists already. Note that most properties are unique and cannot occur more than once."
msgstr "添加名为 <parameter>名称</parameter>、值为 <parameter>数值</parameter> 的属性。即使已存在这样的属性，也将执行添加属性操作。注意大多数属性是唯一的，不能出现多个。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:131
msgid "<option>-s</option>, <option>--set</option> <parameter>name</parameter>=<parameter>value</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-s</option>, <option>--set</option> <parameter>名称</parameter>=<parameter>数值</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:134
msgid "Sets all occurrences of the property <parameter>name</parameter> to the value <parameter>value</parameter>. If no such property exists then it will be added."
msgstr "设置所有名为 <parameter>名称</parameter> 的属性的数值为 <parameter>数值</parameter>。如果不存在这样的属性，则将添加该属性。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:141
msgid "<option>-d</option>, <option>--delete</option> <parameter>name</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-d</option>, <option>--delete</option> <parameter>名称</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:144
msgid "Deletes all occurrences of the property <parameter>name</parameter>. Note that some properties are required and cannot be deleted."
msgstr "删除所有名为 <parameter>名称</parameter> 的属性。注意部分属性是必需的，不能删除。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:151
msgid "Actions that deal with tags and chapters:"
msgstr "标签及章节处理操作:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:156
msgid "<option>-t</option>, <option>--tags</option> <parameter>selector</parameter>:<parameter>filename</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-t</option>, <option>--tags</option> <parameter>选择器</parameter>:<parameter>文件名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:159
msgid "Add or replace tags in the file with the ones from <filename>filename</filename> or remove them if <filename>filename</filename> is empty. &mkvpropedit; reads the same XML tag format that &mkvmerge; reads as well."
msgstr "用 <filename>文件名</filename> 中的标签添加或替换文件中的标签，或者如果 <filename>文件名</filename> 为空则移除标签。&mkvpropedit; 读取的 XML 标签格式与 &mkvmerge; 所读取的相同。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:164
msgid "The <parameter>selector</parameter> must be one of the words <constant>all</constant>, <constant>global</constant> or <constant>track</constant>. For <constant>all</constant> &mkvpropedit; will replace or remove all tags in a file. With <constant>global</constant> only global tags will be replaced or removed."
msgstr "<parameter>选择器</parameter> 必须是 <constant>all</constant>、<constant>global</constant> 或 <constant>track</constant> 之一。对于<constant>all</constant> 选择器，&mkvpropedit; 将替换或移除文件中的所有标签。对于 <constant>global</constant> 选择器，将只替换或移除全局标签。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:170
msgid "With <constant>track</constant> &mkvpropedit; will replace tags for a specific track. Additionally the tags read from <filename>filename</filename> will be assigned to the same track. The track is specified in the same way <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.edit_selectors\">edit selectors</link> are specified (see below), e.g. <code>--tags track:a1:new-audio-tags.xml</code>."
msgstr "对于 <constant>track</constant> 选择器，&mkvpropedit; 将替换特定轨道的标签。读取自 <filename>文件名</filename> 的其他标签将分配给相同轨道。轨道与 <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.edit_selectors\">编辑选择器</link> 以相同格式指定 (参见下文)，如 <code>--tags track:a1:新音频标签.xml</code>。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:179
msgid "<option>-c</option>, <option>--chapters</option> <parameter>filename</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>-c</option>, <option>--chapters</option> <parameter>文件名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:182
msgid "Add or replace chapters in the file with the ones from <filename>filename</filename> or remove them if <filename>filename</filename> is empty. &mkvpropedit; reads the same XML and simple chapter formats that &mkvmerge; reads as well."
msgstr "用 <filename>文件名</filename> 中的标签添加或替换文件中的章节，或者如果 <filename>文件名</filename> 为空则移除章节。&mkvpropedit; 读取的 XML 及简单章节格式与 &mkvmerge; 所读取的相同。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:190
msgid "Actions for handling attachments:"
msgstr "附件处理操作:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:195
msgid "<option>--add-attachment</option> <parameter>filename</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--add-attachment</option> <parameter>文件名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:198
msgid "Adds a new attachment from <parameter>filename</parameter>."
msgstr "从 <parameter>文件名</parameter> 添加新附件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:202
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-name</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is used as the new attachment's name. Otherwise it is derived from <parameter>filename</parameter>."
msgstr "若本选项之前使用了 <option>--attachment-name</option> 选项，则其值将用作新附件的名称。否则附件名称将从 <parameter>文件名</parameter> 得出。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:207
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-mime-type</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is used as the new attachment's MIME type. Otherwise it is auto-detected from the content of <parameter>filename</parameter>."
msgstr "若本选项之前使用了 <option>--attachment-mime-type</option> 选项，则其值将用作新附件的 MIME 类型。否则将根据 <parameter>文件名</parameter> 的内容自动侦测。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:212
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-description</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is used as the new attachment's description. Otherwise no description will be set."
msgstr "若本选项之前使用了 <option>--attachment-description</option> 选项，则其值将用作新附件的描述。否则将不设置描述信息。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:219
msgid "<option>--replace-attachment</option> <parameter>selector</parameter><literal>:</literal><parameter>filename</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--replace-attachment</option> <parameter>选择器</parameter><literal>:</literal><parameter>文件名</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:222
msgid "Replaces one or more attachments that match <parameter>selector</parameter> with the file <parameter>filename</parameter>. If more than one existing attachment matches <parameter>selector</parameter> then all of their contents will be replaced by the content of <parameter>filename</parameter>."
msgstr "用文件 <parameter>文件名</parameter> 替换与 <parameter>选择器</parameter> 相匹配的一或多个附件。如果有超过一个现有附件与 <parameter>选择器</parameter> 相匹配，则其所有内容均将被 <parameter>文件名</parameter> 的内容替代。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:228
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:257
msgid "The <parameter>selector</parameter> can have one of four forms. They're exlained below in the section <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.attachment_selectors\">attachment selectors</link>."
msgstr "<parameter>选择器</parameter> 可以有四种格式。各格式说明位于下文 <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.attachment_selectors\">附件选择器</link> 段落。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:233
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-name</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is used as the replaced attachment's name. Otherwise the name is not changed."
msgstr "若本选项之前使用了 <option>--attachment-name</option> 选项，则其值将用作新附件的替代名称。否则名称将不会变化。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:238
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-mime-type</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is used as the replaced attachment's MIME type. Otherwise the MIME type is not changed."
msgstr "若本选项之前使用了 <option>--attachment-mime-type</option> 选项，则其值将替代附件的 MIME 类型。否则 MIME 类型将不会变化。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:243
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-description</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is used as the replaced attachment's description. Otherwise no description is not changed."
msgstr "若本选项之前使用了 <option>--attachment-description</option> 选项，则其值将替代附件的描述。否则描述将不会变化。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:250
msgid "<option>--delete-attachment</option> <parameter>selector</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--delete-attachment</option> <parameter>选择器</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:253
msgid "Deletes one or more attachments that match <parameter>selector</parameter>."
msgstr "删除与 <parameter>选择器</parameter> 相匹配的一或多个附件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:265
msgid "Options for attachment actions:"
msgstr "附件操作选项:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:273
msgid "Sets the name to use for the following <option>--add-attachment</option> or <option>--replace-attachment</option> operation."
msgstr "设置接下来 <option>--add-attachment</option> 或 <option>--replace-attachment</option> 操作要使用的名称。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:279
msgid "<option>--attachment-mime-type</option> <parameter>mime-type</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>--attachment-mime-type</option> <parameter>mime 类型</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:282
msgid "Sets the MIME type to use for the following <option>--add-attachment</option> or <option>--replace-attachment</option> operation."
msgstr "设置接下来 <option>--add-attachment</option> 或 <option>--replace-attachment</option> 操作要使用的 MIME 类型。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:291
msgid "Sets the description to use for the following <option>--add-attachment</option> or <option>--replace-attachment</option> operation."
msgstr "设置接下来 <option>--add-attachment</option> 或 <option>--replace-attachment</option> 操作要使用的描述。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:298
msgid "Other options:"
msgstr "其他选项："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:326
msgid "Writes all messages to the file <parameter>file-name</parameter> instead of to the console.  While this can be done easily with output redirection there are cases in which this option is needed: when the terminal reinterprets the output before writing it to a file.  The character set set with <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> is honored."
msgstr "将所有信息写入文件 <parameter>文件名</parameter> 而不是输出到命令行。 尽管该操作可以用输出重定向轻松实现，但在某些情况下还需要靠它：如当终端在写入文件之前重新解释（覆盖输出）时。将优先使用通过 <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> 设定的字符集。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:359
msgid "Turn on experimental features. A list of available features can be requested with <command>mkvpropedit --engage list</command>. These features are not meant to be used in normal situations."
msgstr "开启实验性功能。可用功能列表可通过 <command>mkvpropedit --engage list</command> 得到。这些功能在正常情况下不应该使用。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:424
msgid "Several chars can be escaped, e.g. if you need to start a non-comment line with '#'. The rules are described in <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.escaping\">the section about escaping text</link>."
msgstr "有些字符可以转义，如当您需要使用 '#' 作为一个不是评论的行的开头。规则在<link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.escaping\">关于转义文本的段落</link>有描述。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:429
msgid "The command line '<command>mkvpropedit source.mkv --edit track:a2 --set name=Comments</command>' could be converted into the following option file:"
msgstr "命令行 '<command>mkvpropedit 源.mkv --edit track:a2 --set name=注释</command>' 可以转换为下述选项文件:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:433
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Modify source.mkv\n"
"source.mkv\n"
"# Edit the second audio track\n"
"--edit\n"
"track:a2\n"
"# and set the title to 'Comments'\n"
"--set\n"
"name=Comments"
msgstr ""
"# 修改 源.mkv\n"
"源.mkv\n"
"# 编辑第二条音频轨道\n"
"--edit\n"
"track:a2\n"
"# 并设置标题为 '评论'\n"
"--set\n"
"name=评论"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:447
msgid "Edit selectors"
msgstr "编辑选择器"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:449
msgid "The <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.edit\"><option>--edit</option></link> option sets the &matroska; file section (segment information or a certain track's headers) that all following <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.add\">add</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.set\">set</link> and <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.delete\">delete</link> actions operate on. This stays valid until the next <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.edit\"><option>--edit</option></link> option is found. The argument to this option is called the edit selector."
msgstr "<link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.edit\"><option>--edit</option></link> 选项设置后续的 <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.add\">添加</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.set\">设置</link> 或 <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.delete\">删除</link> 操作所影响的 &matroska; 文件区域（剪辑信息或者特定轨道的头部）。在出现另一个 <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.edit\"><option>--edit</option></link> 选项之前，此选项将一直有效。此选项的参数就叫做编辑选择器。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:461
msgid "Segment information"
msgstr "剪辑信息"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:463
msgid "The segment information can be selected with one of these three words: '<literal>info</literal>', '<literal>segment_info</literal>' or '<literal>segmentinfo</literal>'. It contains properties like the segment title or the segment <abbrev>UID</abbrev>."
msgstr "可以通过这三个词中的任意一个选择剪辑信息: '<literal>info</literal>'、'<literal>segment_info</literal>' 或 '<literal>segmentinfo</literal>'。剪辑信息包含的属性包括剪辑标题、剪辑 <abbrev>UID</abbrev> 等。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:469
msgid "Track headers"
msgstr "轨道头部"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:471
msgid "Track headers can be selected with a slightly more complex selector. All variations start with '<literal>track:</literal>'. The track header properties include elements like the language code, 'default track' flag or the track's name."
msgstr "可用于选择轨道头部的选择器稍显复杂：所有以 '<literal>track:</literal>' 开头的变体。轨道头部属性包括如语言代码、'默认轨' 标记、轨道名称等属性。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:477
msgid "<option>track:</option><parameter>n</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>track:</option><parameter>n</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:480
msgid "If the parameter <parameter>n</parameter> is a number then the <parameter>n</parameter>th track will be selected. The track order is the same that &mkvmerge;'s <option>--identify</option> option outputs."
msgstr "如果参数 <parameter>n</parameter> 为数字，则将选择第 <parameter>n</parameter> 条轨道。轨道顺序与 &mkvmerge; 的 <option>--identify</option> 选项所输出的相同。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:485
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:502
msgid "Numbering starts at 1."
msgstr "编号从 1 开始。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:491
msgid "<option>track:</option><parameter>t</parameter><parameter>n</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>track:</option><parameter>t</parameter><parameter>n</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:494
msgid "If the parameter starts with a single character <parameter>t</parameter> followed by a <parameter>n</parameter> then the <parameter>n</parameter>th track of a specific track type will be selected. The track type parameter <parameter>t</parameter> must be one of these four characters: '<literal>a</literal>' for an audio track, '<literal>b</literal>' for a button track, '<literal>s</literal>' for a subtitle track and '<literal>v</literal>' for a video track. The track order is the same that &mkvmerge;'s <option>--identify</option> option outputs."
msgstr "如果参数以字母 <parameter>t</parameter> 后接 <parameter>n</parameter> 开头，则将选择选定轨道类型中的第 <parameter>n</parameter> 条轨道。轨道类型参数 <parameter>t</parameter> 必须为下述四个字母中的一个: '<literal>a</literal>' 代表音频轨道，'<literal>b</literal>' 代表按钮轨道，'<literal>s</literal>' 代表字幕轨道，'<literal>v</literal>' 代表视频轨道。轨道顺序与 &mkvmerge; 的 <option>--identify</option> 选项所输出的相同。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:508
msgid "<option>track:</option>=<parameter>uid</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>track:</option>=<parameter>uid</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:511
msgid "If the parameter starts with a '<literal>=</literal>' followed by a number <parameter>uid</parameter> then the track whose track <abbrev>UID</abbrev> element equals this <parameter>uid</parameter>. Track <abbrev>UIDs</abbrev> can be obtained with &mkvinfo;."
msgstr "如果参数以 '<literal>=</literal>' 后接 <parameter>uid</parameter> 开头，则将选择轨道 <abbrev>UID</abbrev> 元素等于此 <parameter>uid</parameter> 的轨道。轨道 <abbrev>UID</abbrev> 可通过 &mkvinfo; 获取。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:518
msgid "<option>track:</option>@<parameter>number</parameter>"
msgstr "<option>track:</option>@<parameter>数字</parameter>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:521
msgid "If the parameter starts with a '<literal>@</literal>' followed by a number <parameter>number</parameter> then the track whose track number element equals this <parameter>number</parameter>. Track number can be obtained with &mkvinfo;."
msgstr "如果参数以 '<literal>@</literal>' 后接 <parameter>数字</parameter> 开头，则选择轨道号元素等于 <parameter>数字</parameter> 的轨道。轨道号可以通过 &mkvinfo; 获取。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:530
msgid "Notes"
msgstr "注"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:532
msgid "Due to the nature of the track edit selectors it is possible that several selectors actually match the same track headers. In such cases all actions for those edit selectors will be combined and executed in the order in which they're given on the command line."
msgstr "由于轨道编辑选择器的特性，一些选择器所匹配的轨道头部可能是相同的。在此情况下，这些编辑选择器的所有操作将被按照在命令行给出的顺序合并运行。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:539
msgid "Attachment selectors"
msgstr "附件选择器"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:542
msgid "An attachment selector is used with the two actions <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.replace_attachment\"><option>--replace-attachment</option></link> and <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.delete_attachment\"><option>--delete-attachment</option></link>. It can have one of the following four forms:"
msgstr "附件选择器可与两项操作 <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.replace_attachment\"><option>--replace-attachment</option></link> 及 <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.delete_attachment\"><option>--delete-attachment</option></link> 一起使用。它可以有以下四种格式:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:551
msgid "Selection by attachment ID. In this form the selector is simply a number, the attachment's ID as output by &mkvmerge;'s identification command."
msgstr "按附件 ID 选择。本格式的选择器仅仅是数字，&mkvmerge; 的识别命令所输出的附件 ID。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:558
msgid "Selection by attachment UID (unique ID). In this form the selector is the equal sign <literal>=</literal> followed by a number, the attachment's unique ID as output by &mkvmerge;'s verbose identification command."
msgstr "按附件 UID (唯一 ID) 选择。本格式的选择器为等号 <literal>=</literal> 后接数字，&mkvmerge; 的详尽识别命令所输出的附件的唯一 ID。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:565
msgid "Selection by attachment name. In this form the selector is the literal word <literal>name:</literal> followed by the existing attachment's name. If this selector is used with <option>--replace-attachment</option> then colons within the name to match must be escaped as <literal>\\c</literal>."
msgstr "按附件名称选择。本格式的选择器为文字 <literal>name:</literal> 后接现有附件名称。若本选择器与 <option>--replace-attachment</option> 一同使用，则名称中的冒号必须用 <literal>\\c</literal> 转义。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:573
msgid "Selection by MIME type. In this form the selector is the literal word <literal>mime-type:</literal> followed by the existing attachment's MIME type. If this selector is used with <option>--replace-attachment</option> then colons within the MIME type to match must be escaped as <literal>\\c</literal>."
msgstr "按 MIME 类型选择。本格式的选择器为文字 <literal>mime-type:</literal> 后接现有附件的 MIME 类型。若本选择器与 <option>--replace-attachment</option> 一同使用，则 MIME 类型中的冒号必须用 <literal>\\c</literal> 转义。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:584
msgid "The following example edits a file called '<literal>movie.mkv</literal>'. It sets the segment title and modifies the language code of an audio and a subtitle track. Note that this example can be shortened by leaving out the first <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.edit\"><option>--edit</option></link> option because editing the segment information element is the default for all options found before the first <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.edit\"><option>--edit</option></link> option anyway."
msgstr "下面的示例将编辑一个名为 '<literal>电影.mkv</literal>' 的文件。示例中将设置剪辑标题并修改一条音频轨和一条字幕轨的语言代码。附注，本示例可以简写，即省去 <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.edit\"><option>--edit</option></link> 选项，因为在第一个 <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.edit\"><option>--edit</option></link> 选项之前的所有选项默认编辑的就是剪辑信息元素。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:590
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --edit info --set \"title=The movie\" --edit track:a1 --set language=fre --edit track:a2 --set language=ita"
msgstr "$ mkvpropedit 影片.mkv --edit info --set \"title=一部影片\" --edit track:a1 --set language=fre --edit track:a2 --set language=ita"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:593
msgid "The second example removes the 'default track flag' from the first subtitle track and sets it for the second one. Note that &mkvpropedit;, unlike &mkvmerge;, does not set the 'default track flag' of other tracks to '0' if it is set to '1' for a different track automatically."
msgstr "第二个示例，将 '默认轨标记' 从第一条字幕轨移除并设置到第二条字幕轨上。注意 &mkvpropedit; 与 &mkvmerge; 不同，不会在将另一个轨道的 '默认轨标记'设为 '1' 的时候自动将其他轨道的标记设为 '0'。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:598
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --edit track:s1 --set flag-default=0 --edit track:s2 --set flag-default=1"
msgstr "$ mkvpropedit 影片.mkv --edit track:s1 --set flag-default=0 --edit track:s2 --set flag-default=1"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:601
msgid "Replacing the tags for the second subtitle track in a file looks like this:"
msgstr "像这样替换文件中第二个字幕轨的标签:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:604
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --tags track:s2:new-subtitle-tags.xml"
msgstr "$ mkvpropedit 影片.mkv --tags track:s2:新字幕标签.xml"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:607
msgid "Removing all tags requires leaving out the file name:"
msgstr "移除所有标签需要将文件名留空:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:610
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --tags all:"
msgstr "$ mkvpropedit 影片.mkv --tags all:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:613
msgid "Replacing the chapters in a file looks like this:"
msgstr "像这样替换文件中的章节:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:616
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --chapters new-chapters.xml"
msgstr "$ mkvpropedit 影片.mkv --chapters 新章节.xml"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:619
msgid "Removing all chapters requires leaving out the file name:"
msgstr "移除所有章节需要将文件名留空:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:622
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --chapters ''"
msgstr "$ mkvpropedit 影片.mkv --chapters ''"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:625
msgid "Adding a font file (<literal>Arial.ttf</literal>) as an attachment:"
msgstr "将字体文件 (<literal>Arial.ttf</literal>) 作为附件添加:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:628
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --add-attachment Arial.ttf"
msgstr "$ mkvpropedit 影片.mkv --add-attachment Arial.ttf"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:631
msgid "Adding a font file (<literal>89719823.ttf</literal>) as an attachment and providing some information as it really is just Arial:"
msgstr "将字体文件 (<literal>89719823.ttf</literal>) 作为附件添加，并提供信息，因为它真的就是 Arial:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:634
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --attachment-name Arial.ttf --attachment-description 'The Arial font as a TrueType font' --attachment-mime-type application/x-truetype-font --add-attachment 89719823.ttf"
msgstr "$ mkvpropedit 影片.mkv --attachment-name Arial.ttf --attachment-description 'Arial 字体，TrueType 类型' --attachment-mime-type application/x-truetype-font --add-attachment 89719823.ttf"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:637
msgid "Replacing one attached font (<literal>Comit.ttf</literal>) file with another one (<literal>Arial.ttf</literal>):"
msgstr "将已经附加的字体 (<literal>Comit.ttf</literal>) 替换为另一个 (<literal>Arial.ttf</literal>):"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:640
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --attachment-name Arial.ttf --attachment-description 'The Arial font as a TrueType font' --replace-attachment name:Comic.ttf:Arial.ttf"
msgstr "$ mkvpropedit 影片.mkv --attachment-name Arial.ttf --attachment-description 'Arial 字体，TrueType 类型' --replace-attachment name:Comic.ttf:Arial.ttf"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:643
msgid "Deleting the second attached file, whatever it may be:"
msgstr "删除附加的第二个文件，不论它是什么:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:646
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --delete-attachment 2"
msgstr "$ mkvpropedit 影片.mkv --delete-attachment 2"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:649
msgid "Deleting all attached fonts by MIME type:"
msgstr "按 MIME 类型删除所有附加字体:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:652
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --delete-attachment mime-type:application/x-truetype-font"
msgstr "$ mkvpropedit 影片.mkv --delete-attachment mime-type:application/x-truetype-font"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:659
msgid "&mkvpropedit; exits with one of three exit codes:"
msgstr "&mkvpropedit; 退出时会返回以下三个退出代码中的一个："

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:665
msgid "<constant>0</constant> -- This exit codes means that the modification has completed successfully."
msgstr "<constant>0</constant> -- 此退出代码说明已成功完成修改。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:671
msgid "<constant>1</constant> -- In this case &mkvpropedit; has output at least one warning, but the modification did continue.  A warning is prefixed with the text '<literal>Warning:</literal>'.  Depending on the issues involved the resulting files might be ok or not.  The user is urged to check both the warning and the resulting files."
msgstr "<constant>1</constant> -- 这种情况下 &mkvpropedit; 至少输出了一条警告信息，但修改并未因之中止。 警告信息以文字 '<literal>警告:</literal>' 为前缀。根据问题的不同，生成的文件可能是好的，也可能不是。 强烈建议用户检查警告信息以及生成的文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:679
msgid "<constant>2</constant> -- This exit code is used after an error occurred.  &mkvpropedit; aborts right after outputting the error message.  Error messages range from wrong command line arguments over read/write errors to broken files."
msgstr "<constant>2</constant> -- 此退出代码用于错误发生之后。 &mkvpropedit; 在输出错误信息后即中断处理。错误信息可能是错误的命令行参数，也可能是损坏文件的读取/写入错误。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:702
msgid "&mkvpropedit; uses the default variables that determine the system's locale (e.g. <varname>LANG</varname> and the <varname>LC_*</varname> family). Additional variables:"
msgstr "&mkvpropedit; 会使用决定系统区域设置的默认变量 (如 <varname>LANG</varname> 与 <varname>LC_*</varname> 族)。其他变量包括:"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:710
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.debug\"><option>--debug</option></link> option."
msgstr "内容将被当作通过 <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.debug\"><option>--debug</option></link> 选项传递的参数对待。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:718
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.engage\"><option>--engage</option></link> option."
msgstr "内容将被当作通过 <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.engage\"><option>--engage</option></link> 选项传递的参数对待。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:726
msgid "The content is split on white space. The resulting partial strings are treated as if it had been passed as command line options. If you need to pass special characters (e.g. spaces) then you have to escape them (see <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.escaping\">the section about escaping special characters in text</link>)."
msgstr "内容将在空白处切割。最终得到的字符串部分将按命令行选项的格式处理。如果您需要传递特殊字符 (如空白) 则需要转义 (参见<link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.escaping\">关于转义文本中特殊字符的段落</link>)。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:737
msgid "&mkvmerge;, &mkvinfo;, &mkvextract;, &mmg;"
msgstr "&mkvmerge;, &mkvinfo;, &mkvextract;, &mmg;"

#. type: Content of the product entity
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:5
msgid "mmg"
msgstr "mmg"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:45
msgid "a GUI for &mkvmerge; including a chapter and a header editor"
msgstr "&mkvmerge; 的 GUI，包含章节编辑器和头部字段编辑器"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:51
msgid "<command>mmg</command> <group> <arg choice=\"opt\"> <arg choice=\"plain\">--edit-headers</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">filename.mkv</arg> </arg> <arg choice=\"opt\">preferences-file.mmg</arg> <arg choice=\"opt\">source-file.ext</arg> </group>"
msgstr "<command>mmg</command> <group> <arg choice=\"opt\"> <arg choice=\"plain\">--edit-headers</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">文件名.mkv</arg> </arg> <arg choice=\"opt\">偏好设置文件.mmg</arg> <arg choice=\"opt\">源文件.扩展名</arg> </group>"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:66
msgid "&mmg; is a <productname>wxWindows</productname> based <abbrev>GUI</abbrev> for &mkvmerge;. It offers easy access to all of &mkvmerge;'s options. All settings (e.g. source files, track options etc) can be saved and restored.  Included is a chapter editor that can read <abbrev>OGM</abbrev> style and &xml; style chapter files, write &xml; style chapter files and even read chapters from &matroska; files and write chapters directly to &matroska; files. Included is also a header editor that can be used to quickly change properties of existing &matroska; files without needing a complete remux."
msgstr "&mmg; 是 &mkvmerge; 的 <abbrev>GUI</abbrev>，它基于 <productname>wxWindows</productname>。它提供了 &mkvmerge; 所有选项的简易使用途径。所有配置（例如源文件，轨道选项等）都可以保存和复原。它还包含了可以读取类似 <abbrev>OGM</abbrev> 中的简单章节与 &xml; 格式章节，输出 &xml; 格式章节文件，甚至还可以从 &matroska; 文件中读取章节，也可以将章节直接写入 &matroska; 文件。它还包含了一个头部编辑器，可用于快速修改现有 &matroska; 文件的属性，且无须进行完整的重新混流。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:74
msgid "&mmg; knows few options. The first possibility is to start it with a single file name. If that file name's extenion is '<literal>.mmg</literal>' then it will be treated as a preferences file and &mmg; will load its setting when it starts. Otherwise the name is interpreted as being the name of an input file which will be added."
msgstr "&mmg; 需要的选项很少。最可能的情况是附带一个文件名启动它。如果文件的扩展名为 '<literal>.mmg</literal>'，则该文件将被当作配置文件处理，&mmg; 启动时将载入其中的配置。如果文件名包含其他扩展名，则将被理解为即将添加的输入文件名。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:80
msgid "The second operation mode is invoked with the option <option>--edit-headers</option> and a file name. This lets &mmg; run its header editor and load the file."
msgstr "第二个操作模式是附带选项 <option>--edit-headers</option> 与一个文件名调用。这将使 &mmg; 运行它的头部字段编辑器并载入指定文件。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:85
msgid "The full documentation is available in HTML form (<filename>doc/mkvmerge-gui.html</filename>)."
msgstr "另有完整的 HTML 格式的文档（<filename>doc/mkvmerge-gui.html</filename>）。"

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: doc/man/mmg.xml:92
msgid "&mkvmerge;, &mkvextract;, &mkvinfo;, &mkvpropedit;"
msgstr "&mkvmerge;, &mkvextract;, &mkvinfo;, &mkvpropedit;"

#~ msgid "2012-12-09"
#~ msgstr "2012-12-09"

#~ msgid "Actions:"
#~ msgstr "操作:"

#~ msgid "If the default duration is not forced then mkvmerge will try to derive the track's default duration from the container and/or codec used.  One case in which this option is of use is when adding <foreignphrase>AVC/h.264</foreignphrase> elementary streams because these do not contain information about their number of frames or a default duration for each frame.  For such files &mkvmerge; will assume a default duration of '<literal>25fps</literal>' unless overridden."
#~ msgstr "如果未强定默认时长，mkvmerge 将尝试根据使用的容器和/或编解码器推定轨道的默认时长。 此选项有用的一种情况是当添加 <foreignphrase>AVC/h.264</foreignphrase> 基本流时，因为此类流不含关于帧数及各帧默认时长的信息。 对此类文件 &mkvmerge; 将假定默认时长为 '<literal>25fps</literal>'，除非被（用户设置）覆盖。"

#~ msgid "2011-11-27"
#~ msgstr "2011-07-11"

#~ msgid "<abbrev>MP4</abbrev> files: As output from x264, the video track has the ID 1."
#~ msgstr "<abbrev>MP4</abbrev> 文件: 如 x264 所输出的文件，视频轨 ID 为 1。"

#~ msgid "&matroska; files: The track's ID is the track number as reported by &mkvinfo;. It is <emphasis>not</emphasis> the track UID."
#~ msgstr "&matroska; 文件: 轨道 ID 与 &mkvinfo; 所报告的相同。注意 <emphasis>不是</emphasis> 轨道 UID。"

#~ msgid "MkvToolNix"
#~ msgstr "MkvToolNix"

#~ msgid "<option>@</option>options-file"
#~ msgstr "<option>@</option>选项文件"

#~ msgid "AID:outname"
#~ msgstr "AID:输出文件名"

#~ msgid "Read global tags from the &xml; file <parameter>file-name</parameter>. See the section about tags below for details."
#~ msgstr "从 &xml; 文件 <parameter>文件名</parameter> 中读取全局标签。详细情况请参阅下文关于标签的段落。"

#~ msgid "--title"
#~ msgstr "--title"

#~ msgid "--no-chapters"
#~ msgstr "--no-chapters"

#~ msgid "Sets the stereo mode for the video track with the track ID <parameter>TID</parameter>.  The mode can either be a number <parameter>n</parameter> between <constant>0</constant> and <constant>3</constant> or one of the keywords '<literal>none</literal>' (same as <parameter>n</parameter>=<constant>0</constant>), '<literal>right</literal>' (same as <parameter>n</parameter>=<constant>1</constant>), '<literal>left</literal>' (same as <parameter>n</parameter>=<constant>2</constant>)  or '<literal>both</literal>' (same as <parameter>n</parameter>=<constant>3</constant>)."
#~ msgstr "设置 ID 为 <parameter>TID</parameter> 的视频轨的立体视法。 模式既可以是 <constant>0</constant> 到 <constant>3</constant> 之间的数字 <parameter>n</parameter>，也可以是 '<literal>none（无立体视法）</literal>' (与 <parameter>n</parameter>=<constant>0</constant> 相同), '<literal>right（右眼视角）</literal>' (与 <parameter>n</parameter>=<constant>1</constant> 相同), '<literal>left（左眼视角）</literal>' (与 <parameter>n</parameter>=<constant>2</constant> 相同)  or '<literal>both（双眼视角）</literal>' (与 <parameter>n</parameter>=<constant>3</constant> 相同)。"

#~ msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract</command> <option>timecodes_v2</option> <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional>"
#~ msgstr "语法: <command>mkvextract</command> <option>timecodes_v2</option> <parameter>源文件名</parameter> <optional><parameter>选项</parameter></optional>"

#~ msgid "Reads additional command line arguments from the file <parameter>options-file</parameter>.  Lines whose first non-whitespace character is a hash mark ('<literal>#</literal>') are treated as comments and ignored. White spaces at the start and end of a line will be stripped. Each line must contain exactly one option.  There is no meta character escaping."
#~ msgstr "从文件 <parameter>选项文件</parameter> 中读取额外的命令行参数。首个非空白字符为井号 ('<literal>#</literal>') 的行将被当作注释对待，在处理过程中将被忽略。各行开头与结尾的空白将被除去。各行必须恰好含有一个选项。没有元字符转义。"

#~ msgid "<option>--no-ogg</option>"
#~ msgstr "<option>--no-ogg</option>"

#~ msgid "Only valid for <abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> tracks. Normally <abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> tracks are embedded in an Ogg transport stream. With this switch they are extracted to raw <abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> files instead."
#~ msgstr "仅对 <abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> 轨道有效。通常 <abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> 轨道是嵌套在 Ogg 传输流（TS）中的。通过本开关，它们可以被提取为原始 <abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> 文件。"

#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<option>--webm</option>, <option>--web-media</option>"
#~ msgstr "<option>-v</option>, <option>--verbose</option>"

#~ msgid "January 2010"
#~ msgstr "2010 年 1 月"

#~ msgid "December 2009"
#~ msgstr "2009 年 12 月"

#~ msgid "--command-line-charset"
#~ msgstr "--command-line-charset"

#~ msgid "--output"
#~ msgstr "--output"

#~ msgid "--chapter-charset"
#~ msgstr "--chapter-charset"

#~ msgid "--default-duration"
#~ msgstr "--default-duration"

#~ msgid "--language"
#~ msgstr "--language"

